Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Air Conditioning, Automatic DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T65-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.4L DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTC
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Shift Lock Control DTCS
    • Starting DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Latch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Passenger (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Passenger (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Passenger (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Passenger (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (1 Of 2) Connector End View (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (2 Of 2) Connector End View (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (W/O A43)
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2) - C2
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2) - C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Left Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Right Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator (CJ3) Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator (Left) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator (Right) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Electrical Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Endgate Latch Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Latch Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Lock Actuator Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • I/P Switch Assembly Connector End View - C1 (Pontiac)
        • I/P Switch Assembly C1 Connector End View (Buick)
        • I/P Switch Assembly C2 Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly - C3 (Buick) Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly - C4 (Buick) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch (Buick) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lock Actuator (Buick) Connector End View
        • Lift Window Latch Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Lock Actuator - Left (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Latch Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Endgate (Pontiac)
        • Differential Clutch Pump Actuator Check Valve Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lever Position Indicator Lamp (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp (Buick) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Console Compartment Lamp (Buick) Connector End View
        • Console Compartment Lamp Switch (Buick) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp- High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • License Plate Lamp Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lamp Assembly (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR (Buick) Connector End View
        • Park/Stop/Turn Signal Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Park/Stop/Turn Signal Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Left (C79) Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Right (C79) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 (K34) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror - Left (C79) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror - Right (C79) Connector End View
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Driver - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Lower SIR Coil Connector End View
        • Passenger - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • OnStar® Button Assembly Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • OnStar® Button Assembly Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • OnStar® Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Connector End View- C2
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor (UH9/CJ2) Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch (UH9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Pontiac Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Pontiac Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Buick Connector End View
        • Ignition Key Alarm Switch Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View - Left (Low Note)
        • Horn Connector End View - Right (High Note)
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C1 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C2 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C3 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C4 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Switch (A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (2 Of 2)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Air Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Time Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Height Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (1 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (2 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (3 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (4 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Radio Connector End View (1 Of 2) - C1
        • Radio Connector End View (2 Of 2) - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2 (UE1)
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control Connector End View (UK6) (1 Of 2)
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control Connector End View (UK6) (2 Of 2)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Subwoofer (Pontiac) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Subwoofer (Buick) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Subwoofer (Pontiac) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Subwoofer (Buick) (UQ3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
        • Tailgate Audio Controls Connector End View (Pontiac)
        • Tweeter Connector End View - LF Door
        • Tweeter Connector End View - RF Door
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack, SP205 Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C1) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C2) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C1) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C2) Connector End View
        • Transaxle In-line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C1 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C2 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View - C2
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - CO Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C3 (1 Of 2) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C3 (2 Of 2) Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly C1 (Buick) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump (Buick) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor (Buick) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module C1 Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module C2 Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Positioning Encoding Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Lock Cylinder Switch - Endgate Connector End View
        • Security Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Pontiac
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Buick
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View
        • CKP Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • CKP Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Fuel Level Sender Connector End View
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Aztek)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Rendezvous)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Secondary AIR Injection Solenoid Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Floor Shift Control Connector End View - Aztek
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Rendezvous
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (Left)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (Right)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.4L VIN E
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.4L VIN E
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: Short To Ground In RAP Relay Control Feed Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Short To Battery Or Open In RAP Relay Control Feed Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1349: GNDD Ground Circuit Is Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1560, B1565, B1570, or B1575: Mirror Switch Inputs Active For Greater Than 30 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirrors Vertical Or Horizontal Position Sensor Input Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600, B1605, B1630, or B1635: Outside Rear View Mirror Motor Circuit Short To Voltage Or Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3064 or B3069: Door Lock Key Switch Signal Circuit Continuously Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3270: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3272: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rendezvous)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous w/o A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous W/A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative In Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
          • Tools Required
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Mini-Wedge Door Striker Aligner Adjustment Procedure
          • Non Mini-Wedge Door Striker Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Power Windows Description And Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Delayed Locking
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/o A43
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/A43
          • Parallel Park Assist Mirror Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3101: No Acknowledgment Message From RCDLR
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3102: Serial Data Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3103: Short To Voltage In Keyless Entry Serial Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3106: Message With A Parity Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Transmitter Programming (Manual Method)
          • Transmitter Programming (TECH 2 Method)
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics (Vehicle Theft)
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2734: Non Volatile Memory
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Ignition Key Memory Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Learn Coded Key Setting Is On
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055: Unable To Measure Ignition Key Transponder Value
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Loss Of Theft Module State Of Health
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1630: PCM In Theft Deterrent Password Learn Mode Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Incorrect Password From Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator LED Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicator(s)
            • Security
            • Theft LED
            • Keyless Entry System (w/AUO)
            • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming An Armed System/Silencing An Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Door Jamb Switches
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Front Door Lock Cylinder Switches
          • Liftgate Key Cylinder Unlock Switch
          • Lift Glass Ajar Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
          • SECURITY Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
          • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Rear Parking Assist System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Rear Parking Assist Schematics (Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Module Power and Ground)
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Parking Assist Component Views
        • Rear Parking Assist Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Moving
          • Vehicle Stopped
        • Symptoms - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Parking Assist Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Rear Parking Assist Inoperative - Red Indicator Flashes
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Alarm Detection Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Parking Assist Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control Module Schematics (Power, Ground and Serial Data)
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control Module Component Views
        • Body Control Module Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0008: Short To Battery In Park Neutral Position Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1000: Internal Write Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004: Module KAM Has Been Reset
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007: Memory Data Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009: Memory Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1440: Ignition Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Setup New Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Audible Warning
          • Indicator Control
          • Interior Lighting
          • Exterior Lighting
          • Power/Automatic Door Locks
          • Keyless Entry
          • Content Theft Deterrent
          • Personalization
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • Electrical Power Management
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC UI000 and U1255: Critical Operating Parameter Association
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254: Module U1XXX Error
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305 (Generic Short DTC): Class 2 Serial Data Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Link
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
      • Scan Tool Data List
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P1554: Cruise Engaged Signal Error
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P1585: Cruise Control Inhibit Signal Circuit Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • On Star Schematic - Pontiac & Buick
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2462: No Navigation Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1500: No Communication Between VIU And VCU
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
        • OnStar Call Center Unable to Configure OnStar (R) System
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
        • OnStar Reprogramming
          • OnStar® Module Reprogramming
          • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU)
      • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Cellular Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU)
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Radio System - Pontiac)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics (Steering Wheel and Tail Gate Controls - Pontiac)
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1780
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
            • Tools Required
            • Identifying Concerns
            • Corrective Action
            • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
          • Power Type Antennas
          • Windshield Type Antennas
          • Rear Defogger Antenna System
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Radio Controls Inoperative - Rear Seat
        • Rear Seat Audio Power Indicator Always On
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Tailgate Audio Controls Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • With RPO U96
          • With RPO UQ3
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at RSA Control
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Tuner Calibration
          • Radio Chime Volume Selection
          • Radio Chime Level Selection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Second Seat (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Second Seat (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • Antenna
            • Audio Amplifier
            • Theft Deterrent
            • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX [Uplevel])
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
            • Removing CDs
            • Song List Feature
            • Remote Playback Device
            • Remote CD Changer (CDX)
            • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Power (PWR)
            • Band Switching (AM/FM)
            • Source Switching (TAPE CD)
            • Preset Program (P.SET PROG)
            • Volume (VOL)
            • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying RDS Information
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
            • A Fast Way to Find a RDS Station In Your Listening Area
            • Finding a RDS Station By Specific Program Type
            • Using the INFO Feature
            • How to view the INFO message
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Traffic Interrupt Feature
            • RDS Program Type Interrupts
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
            • Steering Wheel and Tailgate Audio Controls
            • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (Indicator and Lamp Control)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics (Park Lamps - Pontiac)
        • Interior Lights Schematics (I/P Lighting, Lamp Control)
        • Interior Lights Schematics (Dimming Controls and Panel Lamps - Pontiac And Buick)
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1354: Open In Controlled Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • DTC B1397: Short To Ground Or Open In Dimming Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1398: Short To Battery Positive Voltage In Dimming Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1482: Instrument Panel Lamps Supply Circuit Or Courtesy Lamp Supply Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2532: Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2533: Fog Lamps Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2552 Or B2553: False Code
        • DTC B2577: Short To Ground Or Open In Control Circuit Of Headlamp Relay Coil Or Low Beam Headlamp Relay
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2578: Short To Voltage In Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Or Low Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2587: Park Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit Short To Ground Or An Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2588: Control Circuit Of Park Lamp Relay Short To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602: DRL Relay Coil Control Circuit Short To Ground Or An Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2603: DRL Relay Coil Control Circuit Short To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2613: Short To Voltage In Reference Circuit Or open In Dimming Circuit Low Reference
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2617: Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Of The Interior Lamps Short To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2627: Instrument Panel Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Or Courtesy Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628: Instrument Panel Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Short To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645: Short To Battery Positive Voltage In Ambient Light Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: DRL Signal Short To Ground/Voltage Or Low Reference Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Short To Voltage Or An Open Drl Ambient Light Sensor Low Reference Circuit, Or Open In Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2665: Headlamps Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2742: Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3840: Open Or A Short To Ground In Park Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3841: Short To Voltage In Park Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3857: Short To Voltage, Short To Ground Or An Open In High Beam Headlamp Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Interior Lamps Off Switch Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamp Out Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative - Output at Trailer/Upfitter Connector
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps Inoperative - Output at Trailer/Upfitter Connector
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Aztek)
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Rendezvous)
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Headlamps On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
          • Lighting System Indicators
            • High Beam
            • Park Lamp Out
            • Turn Signals
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics (Power, Ground, Serial Data and Message Center)
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1369: Ignition 0 Input Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2823 or B3574: Odometer Reset Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2838, B3564, B3569, or B3752: Reset/Mode Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2838
            • B3564
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Ignition 0 Input High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1189: Engine Oil Pressure Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
          • Audible Warnings
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Gages
          • Heads Up Display
          • Indicators
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Temperature Display Always Reads SC
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Temperature Display Always Reads OC
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or C Displayed
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Multifunction Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
            • Notes
            • Season Odometer
            • Trip Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Eng Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Set Button
          • Mode Button
          • Compass/Temperature
            • Notes
            • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
            • Personalization
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Average Speed
            • Oil Life Left
            • Low Tire Pressure
            • English/Metric Display
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Speedometer
          • LH Turn Signal and RH Turn Signal Indicator Inputs
          • High Beam Indicator Input
          • Low Fuel
          • CHECK GAGES Inputs
          • Radio
          • Backup Vehicle Speed
          • HUD English/Metric Input
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Headlamps On Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Additional Chimes
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (Indicator and Lamp Control)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics (Park Lamps - Pontiac)
        • Interior Lights Schematics (I/P Lighting, Lamp Control)
        • Interior Lights Schematics (Dimming Controls and Panel Lamps - Pontiac And Buick)
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1354: Open In Controlled Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • DTC B1397: Short To Ground Or Open In Dimming Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1398: Short To Battery Positive Voltage In Dimming Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1482: Instrument Panel Lamps Supply Circuit Or Courtesy Lamp Supply Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2532: Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2533: Fog Lamps Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2552 Or B2553: False Code
        • DTC B2577: Short To Ground Or Open In Control Circuit Of Headlamp Relay Coil Or Low Beam Headlamp Relay
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2578: Short To Voltage In Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Or Low Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2587: Park Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit Short To Ground Or An Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2588: Control Circuit Of Park Lamp Relay Short To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602: DRL Relay Coil Control Circuit Short To Ground Or An Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2603: DRL Relay Coil Control Circuit Short To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2613: Short To Voltage In Reference Circuit Or open In Dimming Circuit Low Reference
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2617: Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Of The Interior Lamps Short To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2627: Instrument Panel Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Or Courtesy Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628: Instrument Panel Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Short To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645: Short To Battery Positive Voltage In Ambient Light Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: DRL Signal Short To Ground/Voltage Or Low Reference Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Short To Voltage Or An Open Drl Ambient Light Sensor Low Reference Circuit, Or Open In Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2665: Headlamps Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2742: Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3840: Open Or A Short To Ground In Park Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3841: Short To Voltage In Park Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3857: Short To Voltage, Short To Ground Or An Open In High Beam Headlamp Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Interior Lamps Off Switch Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamp Out Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative - Output at Trailer/Upfitter Connector
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps Inoperative - Output at Trailer/Upfitter Connector
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Aztek)
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Rendezvous)
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Headlamps On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
          • Lighting System Indicators
            • High Beam
            • Park Lamp Out
            • Turn Signals
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Short To Ground In Horn Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative - One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Relay Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Aztek/250)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Rendezvous/257)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Pawl Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Anchor Cable Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly Disassemble - Off Vehicle
          • Disassemble
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Assemble
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column - Tilt Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security (Some Vehicle Models)
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Steering Column Electric Park Lock
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • On Star Schematic - Pontiac & Buick
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2462: No Navigation Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1500: No Communication Between VIU And VCU
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
        • OnStar Call Center Unable to Configure OnStar (R) System
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
        • OnStar Reprogramming
          • OnStar® Module Reprogramming
          • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU)
      • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Cellular Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU)
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Radio System - Pontiac)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics (Steering Wheel and Tail Gate Controls - Pontiac)
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1780
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
            • Tools Required
            • Identifying Concerns
            • Corrective Action
            • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
          • Power Type Antennas
          • Windshield Type Antennas
          • Rear Defogger Antenna System
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Radio Controls Inoperative - Rear Seat
        • Rear Seat Audio Power Indicator Always On
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Tailgate Audio Controls Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • With RPO U96
          • With RPO UQ3
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at RSA Control
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Tuner Calibration
          • Radio Chime Volume Selection
          • Radio Chime Level Selection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Second Seat (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Second Seat (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • Antenna
            • Audio Amplifier
            • Theft Deterrent
            • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX [Uplevel])
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
            • Removing CDs
            • Song List Feature
            • Remote Playback Device
            • Remote CD Changer (CDX)
            • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Power (PWR)
            • Band Switching (AM/FM)
            • Source Switching (TAPE CD)
            • Preset Program (P.SET PROG)
            • Volume (VOL)
            • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying RDS Information
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using RDS Program Types to Tune Radio
            • A Fast Way to Find a RDS Station In Your Listening Area
            • Finding a RDS Station By Specific Program Type
            • Using the INFO Feature
            • How to view the INFO message
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Traffic Interrupt Feature
            • RDS Program Type Interrupts
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
            • Steering Wheel and Tailgate Audio Controls
            • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Lift Gate (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Lift Gate (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Hood
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Wheel Opening (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Wheel Opening (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Lift Gate Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Lift Gate Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Wheel Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Panel
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics (Power, Ground, Serial Data and Message Center)
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1369: Ignition 0 Input Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2823 or B3574: Odometer Reset Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2838, B3564, B3569, or B3752: Reset/Mode Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2838
            • B3564
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Ignition 0 Input High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1189: Engine Oil Pressure Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
          • Audible Warnings
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Gages
          • Heads Up Display
          • Indicators
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Temperature Display Always Reads SC
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Temperature Display Always Reads OC
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or C Displayed
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Multifunction Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
            • Notes
            • Season Odometer
            • Trip Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Eng Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Set Button
          • Mode Button
          • Compass/Temperature
            • Notes
            • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
            • Personalization
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Average Speed
            • Oil Life Left
            • Low Tire Pressure
            • English/Metric Display
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Speedometer
          • LH Turn Signal and RH Turn Signal Indicator Inputs
          • High Beam Indicator Input
          • Low Fuel
          • CHECK GAGES Inputs
          • Radio
          • Backup Vehicle Speed
          • HUD English/Metric Input
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Headlamps On Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Additional Chimes
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
          • Notes
          • How to Use this Product
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Cowl Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Cargo Area Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Lift Gate (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle and Rear Coat Hook Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle and Rear Coat Hook Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Shade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Trim Plate Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Rear (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics (Indicator and Lamp Control)
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics (Park Lamps - Pontiac)
        • Interior Lights Schematics (I/P Lighting, Lamp Control)
        • Interior Lights Schematics (Dimming Controls and Panel Lamps - Pontiac And Buick)
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1354: Open In Controlled Ground Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • DTC B1397: Short To Ground Or Open In Dimming Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1398: Short To Battery Positive Voltage In Dimming Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1482: Instrument Panel Lamps Supply Circuit Or Courtesy Lamp Supply Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2532: Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2533: Fog Lamps Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2552 Or B2553: False Code
        • DTC B2577: Short To Ground Or Open In Control Circuit Of Headlamp Relay Coil Or Low Beam Headlamp Relay
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2578: Short To Voltage In Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Or Low Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2587: Park Lamp Relay Coil Control Circuit Short To Ground Or An Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2588: Control Circuit Of Park Lamp Relay Short To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602: DRL Relay Coil Control Circuit Short To Ground Or An Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2603: DRL Relay Coil Control Circuit Short To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2613: Short To Voltage In Reference Circuit Or open In Dimming Circuit Low Reference
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2617: Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2618: Courtesy Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Of The Interior Lamps Short To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2627: Instrument Panel Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Or Courtesy Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628: Instrument Panel Lamps Supply Voltage Circuit Short To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645: Short To Battery Positive Voltage In Ambient Light Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: DRL Signal Short To Ground/Voltage Or Low Reference Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Short To Voltage Or An Open Drl Ambient Light Sensor Low Reference Circuit, Or Open In Ambient Light Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2665: Headlamps Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2742: Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3840: Open Or A Short To Ground In Park Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3841: Short To Voltage In Park Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3857: Short To Voltage, Short To Ground Or An Open In High Beam Headlamp Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Interior Lamps Off Switch Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamp Out Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative - Output at Trailer/Upfitter Connector
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps Inoperative - Output at Trailer/Upfitter Connector
      • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Aztek)
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Rendezvous)
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and /or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Headlamps On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
          • Lighting System Indicators
            • High Beam
            • Park Lamp Out
            • Turn Signals
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization System
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
          • Personalization
          • Program Mode Indicator(s)
            • Base Cluster
            • Uplevel Cluster
          • Additional Information
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Modes of Operation
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Locking
            • Headlamp Exit Delay
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Remote Driver Door Unlock
          • Programming Features on Vehicles Without Keyless Entry (AUO)
            • Enter Programming
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Locking
            • Headlamp Exit Delay
            • Exit Programming
            • Additional Information
        • Driver Personalization
          • Modes of Operation
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Locking
            • Headlamp Exit Delay
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Remote Driver Door Unlock
            • Seat Recall
            • Tilt Mirror
          • Programming Features on Vehicles With Keyless Entry Without DIC
            • Notes
            • Enter Programming
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Locking
            • Headlamp Exit Delay
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Remote Driver Door Unlock
            • Exit Programming
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Enter Programming
            • Headlamp Exit Delay
            • Delayed Illumination
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Locking
            • Remote Driver Door Unlock
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Seat Recall
            • Tilt Mirror
            • Exit Programming
            • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1349: GNDD Ground Circuit Is Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1560, B1565, B1570, or B1575: Mirror Switch Inputs Active For Greater Than 30 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirrors Vertical Or Horizontal Position Sensor Input Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600, B1605, B1630, or B1635: Outside Rear View Mirror Motor Circuit Short To Voltage Or Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3064 or B3069: Door Lock Key Switch Signal Circuit Continuously Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3270: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3272: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rendezvous)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous w/o A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous W/A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative In Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
          • Tools Required
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Mini-Wedge Door Striker Aligner Adjustment Procedure
          • Non Mini-Wedge Door Striker Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Power Windows Description And Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Delayed Locking
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/o A43
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/A43
          • Parallel Park Assist Mirror Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Seats Schematics
        • Heated Seats Schematics
        • Memory Seats Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820: Seat Adjuster Switch Input Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415: Motor Supply Circuit High, Low, Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Position Sensor Signal Circuit Voltage High/Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2755 or B2760: Memory Select Switch Input Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Footrest Replacement - Front Seat Frame Mounted - for Rear Seat Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Mechanism Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Adjuster Plate Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear 50-50 Split
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Inner Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Seat (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Seat (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2 (Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Power Seat Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat System Components
          • Heated Seat System Controls
          • Heated Seat Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Controls
          • Memory Seat System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Aztek/250)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Rendezvous/257)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Pawl Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Anchor Cable Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly Disassemble - Off Vehicle
          • Disassemble
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Assemble
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column - Tilt Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security (Some Vehicle Models)
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Steering Column Electric Park Lock
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1349: GNDD Ground Circuit Is Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1560, B1565, B1570, or B1575: Mirror Switch Inputs Active For Greater Than 30 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirrors Vertical Or Horizontal Position Sensor Input Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600, B1605, B1630, or B1635: Outside Rear View Mirror Motor Circuit Short To Voltage Or Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3064 or B3069: Door Lock Key Switch Signal Circuit Continuously Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3270: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3272: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rendezvous)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous w/o A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous W/A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative In Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
          • Tools Required
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Mini-Wedge Door Striker Aligner Adjustment Procedure
          • Non Mini-Wedge Door Striker Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Power Windows Description And Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Delayed Locking
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/o A43
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/A43
          • Parallel Park Assist Mirror Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics (Windshield Wiper/Washer)
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
          • Test Description
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
          • Test Description
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Washer Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Always On - Rear
        • Wiper Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Overview
          • Notes
          • Tip Pressure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
        • Wiper Motor Crank Arm Replacement
        • Wiper Motor Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Washer Pump Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Low Washer Fluid Indicator
        • Rear Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1349: GNDD Ground Circuit Is Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1560, B1565, B1570, or B1575: Mirror Switch Inputs Active For Greater Than 30 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirrors Vertical Or Horizontal Position Sensor Input Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600, B1605, B1630, or B1635: Outside Rear View Mirror Motor Circuit Short To Voltage Or Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3064 or B3069: Door Lock Key Switch Signal Circuit Continuously Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3270: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3272: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rendezvous)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous w/o A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous W/A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative In Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
          • Tools Required
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Mini-Wedge Door Striker Aligner Adjustment Procedure
          • Non Mini-Wedge Door Striker Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Power Windows Description And Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Delayed Locking
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/o A43
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/A43
          • Parallel Park Assist Mirror Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3101: No Acknowledgment Message From RCDLR
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3102: Serial Data Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3103: Short To Voltage In Keyless Entry Serial Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3106: Message With A Parity Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Transmitter Programming (Manual Method)
          • Transmitter Programming (TECH 2 Method)
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics (Vehicle Theft)
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2734: Non Volatile Memory
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Ignition Key Memory Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Learn Coded Key Setting Is On
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055: Unable To Measure Ignition Key Transponder Value
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Loss Of Theft Module State Of Health
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1630: PCM In Theft Deterrent Password Learn Mode Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Incorrect Password From Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator LED Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicator(s)
            • Security
            • Theft LED
            • Keyless Entry System (w/AUO)
            • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming An Armed System/Silencing An Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Door Jamb Switches
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Front Door Lock Cylinder Switches
          • Liftgate Key Cylinder Unlock Switch
          • Lift Glass Ajar Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
          • SECURITY Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
          • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
          • Tools Required
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Front Fender Upper Diagonal - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Front Fender Upper Diagonal - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Plenum to Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Engine
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics (Lift Window, Endgate and Liftgate Actuators)
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
          • Lock Cylinder Switch - Endgate - Pontiac
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2732
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3826
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Release Inoperative
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Opening the Lift Gate When There Is an Electrical Failure
        • Latch Replacement - Lift Gate (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Lift Gate (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - End Gate
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lift Gate (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lift Gate (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lift Gate Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Pocket Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Pocket Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lift Gate Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lift Gate Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • End Gate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Lift Gate (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Lift Gate (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Rod Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Cable Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Striker Replacement - Lift Gate (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Striker Replacement - Lift Gate (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bellcrank Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - End Gate
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Lift Gate (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Lift Gate (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Description and Operation (Aztek)
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Description and Operation (Ajar Indicator)
          • Hatch Ajar Indicator(s)
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Description and Operation (Rendezvous)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Inspection After Collision
      • Repair Instructions
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Squeaks And Rattles Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
          • Tools Required
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Lift Gate (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Lift Gate (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Hood
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Wheel Opening (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Wheel Opening (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Lift Gate Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Lift Gate Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Wheel Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Panel
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics (Power, Ground, Serial Data and Message Center)
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1369: Ignition 0 Input Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2823 or B3574: Odometer Reset Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2838, B3564, B3569, or B3752: Reset/Mode Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B2838
            • B3564
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Ignition 0 Input High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1189: Engine Oil Pressure Switch Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
          • Audible Warnings
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Gages
          • Heads Up Display
          • Indicators
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Temperature Display Always Reads SC
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Temperature Display Always Reads OC
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or C Displayed
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Multifunction Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
            • Notes
            • Season Odometer
            • Trip Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Eng Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Set Button
          • Mode Button
          • Compass/Temperature
            • Notes
            • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
            • Personalization
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Average Speed
            • Oil Life Left
            • Low Tire Pressure
            • English/Metric Display
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Speedometer
          • LH Turn Signal and RH Turn Signal Indicator Inputs
          • High Beam Indicator Input
          • Low Fuel
          • CHECK GAGES Inputs
          • Radio
          • Backup Vehicle Speed
          • HUD English/Metric Input
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Headlamps On Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Additional Chimes
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
          • Notes
          • How to Use this Product
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Cowl Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Cargo Area Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Lift Gate (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle and Rear Coat Hook Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle and Rear Coat Hook Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Shade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Trim Plate Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Compartment Replacement - Rear (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Aztek/250)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Rendezvous/257)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Pawl Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Anchor Cable Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly Disassemble - Off Vehicle
          • Disassemble
        • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Assemble
        • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column - Tilt Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security (Some Vehicle Models)
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Steering Column Electric Park Lock
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1349: GNDD Ground Circuit Is Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1560, B1565, B1570, or B1575: Mirror Switch Inputs Active For Greater Than 30 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirrors Vertical Or Horizontal Position Sensor Input Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600, B1605, B1630, or B1635: Outside Rear View Mirror Motor Circuit Short To Voltage Or Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3064 or B3069: Door Lock Key Switch Signal Circuit Continuously Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3270: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3272: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rendezvous)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous w/o A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous W/A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative In Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
          • Tools Required
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Mini-Wedge Door Striker Aligner Adjustment Procedure
          • Non Mini-Wedge Door Striker Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Power Windows Description And Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Delayed Locking
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/o A43
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/A43
          • Parallel Park Assist Mirror Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Seats Schematics
        • Heated Seats Schematics
        • Memory Seats Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820: Seat Adjuster Switch Input Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415: Motor Supply Circuit High, Low, Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Position Sensor Signal Circuit Voltage High/Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2755 or B2760: Memory Select Switch Input Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Footrest Replacement - Front Seat Frame Mounted - for Rear Seat Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Inner Trim Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Mechanism Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Adjuster Plate Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear 50-50 Split
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Inner Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Seat (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Seat (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2 (Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Driver and Passenger Power Seat Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat System Components
          • Heated Seat System Controls
          • Heated Seat Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Controls
          • Memory Seat System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Power Sun Roof
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Glass Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Track and Motor Synchronization
          • Tools Required
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Channel Inspection and Cleaning
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Stop Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Glass Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sunroof Express Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sunroof Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Sunroof Position Encoding System
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Actuator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Rivnut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Cross Rail Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier New Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • To Express Open to Vent
          • Express Open
          • To Close
          • Sunroof Motor
          • Position Encoding System (PES)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1349: GNDD Ground Circuit Is Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1560, B1565, B1570, or B1575: Mirror Switch Inputs Active For Greater Than 30 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Mirrors Vertical Or Horizontal Position Sensor Input Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600, B1605, B1630, or B1635: Outside Rear View Mirror Motor Circuit Short To Voltage Or Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3064 or B3069: Door Lock Key Switch Signal Circuit Continuously Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3270: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3272: Driver Door Lock Switch Signal Circuit Short To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rendezvous)
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Aztek)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous w/o A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative (Rendezvous W/A43)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative In Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Aztek)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Rendezvous)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
          • Tools Required
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
          • Tools Required
          • Mini-Wedge Door Striker Aligner Adjustment Procedure
          • Non Mini-Wedge Door Striker Adjustment Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description And Operation
        • Power Windows Description And Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Delayed Locking
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/o A43
          • Power Mirror System Operation w/A43
          • Parallel Park Assist Mirror Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B2747: Traction Control Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0035: LF Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction; C0040: RF Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction; C0041: RF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (EBCM); C0045: LR Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction; C0046: LR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (EBCM); C0050: RR Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction; C0051: LF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (EBCM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0060: LF ABS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0065: LF ABS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction; C0070: RF ABS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0075: RF ABS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction; C0080: LR ABS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0085: LR ABS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction; C0090: RR ABS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0095: RR ABS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110: Pump Motor Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121: Valve Relay Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0141: Left TCS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0146: Left TCS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction; C0151: Right TCS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0156: Right TCS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids.
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161: ABS/TCS Brake Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0235: Rear Wheel Speed Signal Circuit Open; C0236: Rear Wheel Speed Signal Circuit Missing; C0237: Rear Wheel Speed Signal Erratic; P1504: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240: PCM Traction Control Not Allowed (ETS)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0241: EBCM Control Valve Circuit; P1571: TCS PWM Circuit No Frequency
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0244: PWM Delivered Torque Malfunction; P1689: Traction Control Delivered Torque Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245: Wheel Speed Sensor Frequency Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When then DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction - Internal Write/Checksum Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0565: EBCM Detects Digits 5 Of VIN Is Incorrect
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896: Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Voltage Is Outside Normal Range Of 9-15.5 Volts
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspection
          • Preliminary Setup
          • Performing the Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear (Rear (w/AWD))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Jumper Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Jumper Harness Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Jumper Harness Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Brake System Indicator(s)
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • Low Brake Fluid Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • Service Traction System
            • Traction Active
            • Trac Off
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brakes & Drum Brakes
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Hydraulic Brake System
          • Description
          • Operation
        • Brake Assist System
          • Description
          • Operation
        • Brake Warning System
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Disc Brake System
          • Description
          • Operation
        • Drum Brake System
          • Description
          • Operation
        • Park Brake System
          • Description
          • Operation
      • Brake System Bleeding, Filling & Flushing
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding
          • Notes
          • Manual
          • Pressure
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir
          • Filling
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
      • Adjustments & Inspections
        • Brake Pedal
          • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
          • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement & Inspection
        • Stoplight Switch
          • Notes
          • Adjustment
        • Front & Rear Disc Brake
          • Brake Caliper Inspection
          • Brake Pad Inspection
          • Brake Rotor Surface & Wear Inspection
          • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
          • Front Disc Brake Mounting & Hardware Inspection
          • Rear Disc Brake Mounting & Hardware Inspection
        • Rear Drum Brake
          • Brake Drum Diameter Measurement
          • Brake Drum Surface & Wear Inspection
          • Drum Brake Adjustment
          • Drum Brake Adjusting Hardware Inspection
          • Drum Brake Hardware Inspection
        • Hydraulic Brake System
          • Brake Pipe & Hose Inspection
          • Brake System External Leak Inspection
          • Brake System Internal Leak Inspection
          • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection - Disc
          • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection - Drum
        • Park Brake
          • Notes
          • Disc Adjustment
          • Drum Adjustment
          • Park Brake Inspection - Disc
          • Park Brake Inspection - Drum
      • Trouble Shooting
        • General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
      • Self Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Brake Fluid Level
          • Park Brake Switch
          • Red Brake Warning Indicator
      • System Tests
        • Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspection
          • Road Test Procedure
        • Brake Assist Diagnosis
        • Disc Brake Diagnosis
        • Drum Brake Diagnosis
        • Hydraulic Brake Diagnosis
        • Park Brake Diagnosis
        • Brake Vacuum Source Test
      • Symptom Tests
        • Braking Action Uneven
          • Pulls To One Side
          • Front To Rear
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Brake Will Not Hold Or Release
      • Servicing
        • Brake Drum Refinishing
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
        • Burnishing Pads & Rotors
      • Removal & Installation
        • Adjusting Screw
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Backing Plate
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Caliper
          • Removal - Front
          • Installation - Front
          • Removal - Rear
          • Installation - Rear
        • Brake Caliper Bracket
          • Removal - Front
          • Installation - Front
          • Removal - Rear
          • Installation - Rear
        • Brake Drum
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Hose
          • Removal - Front
          • Installation - Front
          • Removal - Rear Disc
          • Installation - Rear Disc
          • Removal - Rear Drum
          • Installation - Rear Drum
        • Brake Pads
          • Notes
          • Removal - Front
          • Installation - Front
          • Removal - Rear
          • Installation - Rear
        • Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Pipe
        • Brake Rotor
          • Removal - Front
          • Installation - Front
          • Removal - Rear
          • Installation - Rear
        • Brake Shoe
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Hardware
          • Removal - Front Disc
          • Installation - Front Disc
          • Removal - Rear Disc
          • Installation - Rear Disc
          • Removal - Drum
          • Installation - Drum
          • Removal - Drum Adjusting
          • Installation - Drum Adjusting
        • Master Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Actuator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Cable
          • Removal - Front
          • Installation - Front
          • Removal - Left Rear
          • Installation - Left Rear
          • Removal - Right Rear
          • Installation - Right Rear
          • Removal - Equalizer
          • Installation - Equalizer
        • Park Brake Hardware
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Shoe - Rear Disc
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stoplight Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vacuum Brake Booster
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve And/Or Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wheel Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Notes
        • Brake Caliper - Front
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
        • Brake Caliper - Rear
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
        • Rear Wheel Cylinder - Drum
      • Drum Brake Specifications
      • Disc Brake Specifications
      • Park Brake Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
  • Traction Control
    • Anti-Lock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B2747: Traction Control Switch Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0035: LF Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction; C0040: RF Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction; C0041: RF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (EBCM); C0045: LR Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction; C0046: LR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (EBCM); C0050: RR Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction; C0051: LF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (EBCM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0060: LF ABS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0065: LF ABS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction; C0070: RF ABS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0075: RF ABS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction; C0080: LR ABS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0085: LR ABS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction; C0090: RR ABS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0095: RR ABS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110: Pump Motor Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121: Valve Relay Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0141: Left TCS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0146: Left TCS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction; C0151: Right TCS Solenoid #1 Circuit Malfunction; C0156: Right TCS Solenoid #2 Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids.
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161: ABS/TCS Brake Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0235: Rear Wheel Speed Signal Circuit Open; C0236: Rear Wheel Speed Signal Circuit Missing; C0237: Rear Wheel Speed Signal Erratic; P1504: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240: PCM Traction Control Not Allowed (ETS)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0241: EBCM Control Valve Circuit; P1571: TCS PWM Circuit No Frequency
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0244: PWM Delivered Torque Malfunction; P1689: Traction Control Delivered Torque Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245: Wheel Speed Sensor Frequency Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When then DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction - Internal Write/Checksum Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0565: EBCM Detects Digits 5 Of VIN Is Incorrect
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896: Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Voltage Is Outside Normal Range Of 9-15.5 Volts
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspection
          • Preliminary Setup
          • Performing the Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear (Rear (w/AWD))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Jumper Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Jumper Harness Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Jumper Harness Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Brake System Indicator(s)
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • Low Brake Fluid Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • Service Traction System
            • Traction Active
            • Trac Off
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Axle Shafts - Front
      • Description & Operation
        • General Description
        • Seals & Clamps
        • TRIPOT Joint
        • Axle Shaft Constant Velocity Joint
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shaft
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Notes
        • Inner TRIPOT Joint & Seal
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
        • Outer CV Joint & Seal
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
      • Torque Specifications
    • Axle Shafts - Rear
      • Description & Operation
        • Axle Shafts
        • Seals & Clamps
        • Rear Wheel Drive Shaft Tri-Pot Joints
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Notes
        • Inner Drive Shaft Joint And Seal
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
        • Outer Drive Shaft Joint And Seal
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
      • Torque Specifications
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Differentials & Axle Shafts - Rear Drive Axle
      • Rear Axle Mechanical
        • Specifications
          • Torque Specifications
          • Differential Specifications
          • Sealers, Adhesives, & Lubricants
        • Component Locator
          • Differential Carrier Assembly Disassembled View
        • Diagnostic information and procedures
          • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Differential Carrier
          • Symptoms - Rear Differential Carrier
            • Strategy Based Diagnostic
            • Visual/Physical Inspection
            • Intermittent
            • Symptom List
          • All-Wheel Drive (AWD) System Functional Inspection
            • Functional Inspection 1
            • Functional Inspection 2
            • Functional Inspection 3
        • Repair Instructions
          • Lubricant Change
            • Notes
            • Draining Procedure
            • Filling Procedure
          • Differential Carrier Assembly Mount Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Differential Clutch Pump Check Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Tube Mounting Bracket Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Tube Assembly Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Vent Hose Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Rear Axle Shaft Seal Replacement - Left
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Rear Axle Shaft Seal Replacement - Right
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Drive Pinion Housing and/or Seal Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Differential Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Disassemble
          • Notes
          • Differential Inspection
          • Differential Clutch Pump Check Valve Cleaning and Inspection
          • Torque Tube Assembly Cleaning and Inspection
          • Differential Carrier Assembly - Assemble
            • Tools Required
        • Description and Operation
          • Differential Carrier Assembly Description
            • Notes
            • Transfer Case
            • Propeller Shaft
            • Rear Differential
        • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Rear Axle Controls
        • Differential Lock Schematic and Routing Diagram
        • Component Locator
          • Rear Axle Component Views
          • Rear Axle Connector End Views
        • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
          • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Axle Controls
          • Diagnostic System Check - Rear Axle Controls
            • Circuit Description
            • Diagnostic Aids
            • Test Description
          • Scan Tool Data List
          • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Symptoms - Rear Axle Controls
            • Notes
            • Visual/Physical Inspection
            • Intermittent
            • Symptom List
          • All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Indicator Always On
            • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the All Wheel Drive (AWD) Disable Fault
          • Conditions for Turning On the All Wheel Drive (AWD) Disable Light
          • Action Taken When the All Wheel Drive (AWD) Light Illuminates
          • Conditions for Clearing the All Wheel Drive (AWD) Disable Fault
            • Notes
            • Test Description
          • Differential Lock Indicator Inoperative
            • Circuit Description
            • Test Description
          • Differential Lock Inoperative
            • Circuit Description
            • Test Description
        • Description and Operation
          • Differential Lock System Description and Operation
          • AWD Disable indicator
          • Differential Clutch Pump Actuator Check Valve
          • Powertrain Control Module
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic information and procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point-Rear Differential Carrier
        • Symptoms-Rear Differential Carrier
          • Strategy Based Diagnostic
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • All-Wheel Drive (AWD) System Functional Inspection
          • Functional Inspection 1
          • Functional Inspection 2
          • Functional Inspection 3
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Rear Differential Carrier Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Change
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Mount Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Clutch Pump Check Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Tube Mounting Bracket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Tube Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal Replacement-Left
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal Replacement-Right
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Housing and/or Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly-Disassemble
        • Differential Inspection
        • Differential Clutch Pump Check Valve Cleaning and Inspection
        • Torque Tube Assembly Cleaning and Inspection
        • Differential Carrier Assembly-Assemble
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Description
          • Notes
          • Transfer Case
          • Propeller Shaft
          • Rear Differential
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic starting Point - Propeller shaft
      • Propeller Shaft Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Propeller Shaft Replacement
        • Removal procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
        • Charging Time Required
        • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
        • Electrolyte Freezing
        • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
        • Battery Ratings
        • Reserve Capacity
        • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
        • Idle Boost Functions
        • Load-Shed
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Latch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Passenger (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Passenger (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Passenger (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Passenger (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (1 Of 2) Connector End View (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (2 Of 2) Connector End View (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (W/O A43)
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2) - C2
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2) - C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Left Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Right Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator (CJ3) Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator (Left) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator (Right) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Electrical Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Endgate Latch Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Latch Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Lock Actuator Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • I/P Switch Assembly Connector End View - C1 (Pontiac)
        • I/P Switch Assembly C1 Connector End View (Buick)
        • I/P Switch Assembly C2 Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly - C3 (Buick) Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly - C4 (Buick) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch (Buick) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lock Actuator (Buick) Connector End View
        • Lift Window Latch Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Lock Actuator - Left (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Latch Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Endgate (Pontiac)
        • Differential Clutch Pump Actuator Check Valve Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lever Position Indicator Lamp (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp (Buick) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Console Compartment Lamp (Buick) Connector End View
        • Console Compartment Lamp Switch (Buick) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp- High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • License Plate Lamp Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lamp Assembly (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR (Buick) Connector End View
        • Park/Stop/Turn Signal Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Park/Stop/Turn Signal Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Left (C79) Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Right (C79) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 (K34) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror - Left (C79) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror - Right (C79) Connector End View
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Driver - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Lower SIR Coil Connector End View
        • Passenger - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • OnStar® Button Assembly Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • OnStar® Button Assembly Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • OnStar® Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Connector End View- C2
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor (UH9/CJ2) Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch (UH9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Pontiac Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Pontiac Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Buick Connector End View
        • Ignition Key Alarm Switch Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View - Left (Low Note)
        • Horn Connector End View - Right (High Note)
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C1 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C2 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C3 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C4 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Switch (A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (2 Of 2)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Air Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Time Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Height Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (1 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (2 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (3 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (4 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Radio Connector End View (1 Of 2) - C1
        • Radio Connector End View (2 Of 2) - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2 (UE1)
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control Connector End View (UK6) (1 Of 2)
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control Connector End View (UK6) (2 Of 2)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Subwoofer (Pontiac) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Subwoofer (Buick) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Subwoofer (Pontiac) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Subwoofer (Buick) (UQ3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
        • Tailgate Audio Controls Connector End View (Pontiac)
        • Tweeter Connector End View - LF Door
        • Tweeter Connector End View - RF Door
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack, SP205 Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C1) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C2) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C1) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C2) Connector End View
        • Transaxle In-line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C1 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C2 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View - C2
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - CO Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C3 (1 Of 2) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C3 (2 Of 2) Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly C1 (Buick) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump (Buick) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor (Buick) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module C1 Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module C2 Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Positioning Encoding Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Lock Cylinder Switch - Endgate Connector End View
        • Security Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Pontiac
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Buick
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View
        • CKP Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • CKP Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Fuel Level Sender Connector End View
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Aztek)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Rendezvous)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Secondary AIR Injection Solenoid Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Floor Shift Control Connector End View - Aztek
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Rendezvous
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (Left)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (Right)
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: Short To Ground In RAP Relay Control Feed Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Short To Battery Or Open In RAP Relay Control Feed Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Where to Find Electrical Schematics
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Tools Required
            • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
            • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
            • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
        • Charging Time Required
        • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
        • Electrolyte Freezing
        • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
        • Battery Ratings
        • Reserve Capacity
        • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
        • Idle Boost Functions
        • Load-Shed
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Charging System
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Adjustments
        • Belt Tension
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • System Operation Check
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC B1327: Device Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1328: Device Power Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1507: High Power Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1508: High Power Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0560: System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0620: Generator Turn On Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Charging System Test
        • Test B: Charge Indicator Light Always On
        • Test C: Charge Indicator Light Inoperative
        • Test D: Generator Noisy
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Battery Testing & Inspection
        • Battery Specifications
        • Engine Electrical Diagnostic System Check
      • Bench Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Generator
          • Removal & Installation
      • Overhaul
      • Generator Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel, Gauges & Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics (Power, Ground, Serial Data and Message Center)
      • Head Up Display Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B1369: Ignition 0 Input Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2823 or B3574: Odometer Reset Switch Signal Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2838, B3564, B3569, or B3752: Reset/Mode Switch Signal Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • B2838
          • B3564
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2961: Ignition 0 Input High
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Signal Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Signal High
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1189: Engine Oil Pressure Switch Signal Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
        • Audible Warnings
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Gages
        • Heads Up Display
        • Indicators
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
      • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Temperature Display Always Reads SC
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Temperature Display Always Reads OC
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Compass Inaccurate or C Displayed
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
      • Outside Air Temperature Display Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative - Left/Right
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Intensity Does Not Vary
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement (Aztek)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement (Rendezvous)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Multifunction Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Compass Calibration
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Head Up Display Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Up Display Switch Replacement (Aztek)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Up Display Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Aztek)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Aztek)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Rendezvous)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment (Aztek)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment (Rendezvous)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (Aztek)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper (Rendezvous)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement (Aztek)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement (Rendezvous)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cigar Lighter Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement - Front Floor (Aztek)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement - Front Floor (Rendezvous)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor (Rendezvous)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console (Aztek)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console (Rendezvous)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Accessory Port Replace - Front Floor Console
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
          • Notes
          • Season Odometer
          • Trip Odometer
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Eng Oil Level
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Service Vehicle Soon
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Set Button
        • Mode Button
        • Compass/Temperature
          • Notes
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Personalization
          • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
          • Fuel Range
          • Fuel Used
          • Average Speed
          • Oil Life Left
          • Low Tire Pressure
          • English/Metric Display
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Speedometer
        • LH Turn Signal and RH Turn Signal Indicator Inputs
        • High Beam Indicator Input
        • Low Fuel
        • CHECK GAGES Inputs
        • Radio
        • Backup Vehicle Speed
        • HUD English/Metric Input
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Headlamps On Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Turn Signal Reminder
        • Additional Chimes
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Short To Ground In Horn Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative - One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Relay Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
        • Charging Time Required
        • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
        • Electrolyte Freezing
        • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
        • Battery Ratings
        • Reserve Capacity
        • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Load Management
        • Idle Boost Functions
        • Load-Shed
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Latch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Passenger (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Passenger (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Passenger (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Passenger (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (1 Of 2) Connector End View (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (2 Of 2) Connector End View (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (W/O A43)
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2) - C2
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2) - C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Left Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Right Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator (CJ3) Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator (Left) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator (Right) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Electrical Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Endgate Latch Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Latch Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Lock Actuator Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • I/P Switch Assembly Connector End View - C1 (Pontiac)
        • I/P Switch Assembly C1 Connector End View (Buick)
        • I/P Switch Assembly C2 Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly - C3 (Buick) Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly - C4 (Buick) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch (Buick) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lock Actuator (Buick) Connector End View
        • Lift Window Latch Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Lock Actuator - Left (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Latch Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Endgate (Pontiac)
        • Differential Clutch Pump Actuator Check Valve Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lever Position Indicator Lamp (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp (Buick) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Console Compartment Lamp (Buick) Connector End View
        • Console Compartment Lamp Switch (Buick) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp- High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • License Plate Lamp Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lamp Assembly (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR (Buick) Connector End View
        • Park/Stop/Turn Signal Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Park/Stop/Turn Signal Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Left (C79) Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Right (C79) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 (K34) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror - Left (C79) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror - Right (C79) Connector End View
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Driver - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Lower SIR Coil Connector End View
        • Passenger - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • OnStar® Button Assembly Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • OnStar® Button Assembly Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • OnStar® Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Connector End View- C2
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor (UH9/CJ2) Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch (UH9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Pontiac Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Pontiac Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Buick Connector End View
        • Ignition Key Alarm Switch Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View - Left (Low Note)
        • Horn Connector End View - Right (High Note)
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C1 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C2 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C3 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C4 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Switch (A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (2 Of 2)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Air Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Time Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Height Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (1 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (2 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (3 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (4 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Radio Connector End View (1 Of 2) - C1
        • Radio Connector End View (2 Of 2) - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2 (UE1)
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control Connector End View (UK6) (1 Of 2)
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control Connector End View (UK6) (2 Of 2)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Subwoofer (Pontiac) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Subwoofer (Buick) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Subwoofer (Pontiac) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Subwoofer (Buick) (UQ3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
        • Tailgate Audio Controls Connector End View (Pontiac)
        • Tweeter Connector End View - LF Door
        • Tweeter Connector End View - RF Door
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack, SP205 Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C1) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C2) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C1) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C2) Connector End View
        • Transaxle In-line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C1 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C2 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View - C2
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - CO Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C3 (1 Of 2) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C3 (2 Of 2) Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly C1 (Buick) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump (Buick) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor (Buick) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module C1 Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module C2 Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Positioning Encoding Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Lock Cylinder Switch - Endgate Connector End View
        • Security Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Pontiac
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Buick
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View
        • CKP Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • CKP Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Fuel Level Sender Connector End View
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Aztek)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Rendezvous)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Secondary AIR Injection Solenoid Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Floor Shift Control Connector End View - Aztek
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Rendezvous
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (Left)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (Right)
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: Short To Ground In RAP Relay Control Feed Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Short To Battery Or Open In RAP Relay Control Feed Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Where to Find Electrical Schematics
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Tools Required
            • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
            • Tools Required
            • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
            • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Starting System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Starter Application
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-Up Cycles
        • Engine Electrical Diagnostic System Check
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0560: The Pcm Detects A System Voltage Out Of Range For 30 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC P0620: The Generator Turn On Signal Circuit Voltage Low While The Pcm Is Commanding Generator On, Condition Present For More Than 30 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Testing
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Test B: Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Test C: Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Test D: Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Starter
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Latch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Passenger (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Passenger (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Passenger (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Passenger (W/O A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (1 Of 2) Connector End View (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (2 Of 2) Connector End View (A43)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (W/O A43)
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2) - C2
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2) - C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2) - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2) - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Left Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Right Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator (CJ3) Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator (Left) Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator (Right) Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Electrical Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Endgate Latch Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Latch Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Lock Actuator Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Endgate Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • I/P Switch Assembly Connector End View - C1 (Pontiac)
        • I/P Switch Assembly C1 Connector End View (Buick)
        • I/P Switch Assembly C2 Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly - C3 (Buick) Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly - C4 (Buick) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Latch (Buick) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lock Actuator (Buick) Connector End View
        • Lift Window Latch Connector End View - Left (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Lock Actuator - Left (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Latch Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Lift Window Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right (Pontiac)
        • Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View - Endgate (Pontiac)
        • Differential Clutch Pump Actuator Check Valve Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lever Position Indicator Lamp (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp (Pontiac) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp (Buick) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Console Compartment Lamp (Buick) Connector End View
        • Console Compartment Lamp Switch (Buick) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp- High Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • I/P Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • License Plate Lamp Connector End View
        • Liftgate Lamp Assembly (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR (Buick) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR (Buick) Connector End View
        • Park/Stop/Turn Signal Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Park/Stop/Turn Signal Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Left (C79) Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Right (C79) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 (K34) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror - Left (C79) Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror - Right (C79) Connector End View
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Driver - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Lower SIR Coil Connector End View
        • Passenger - Side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • OnStar® Button Assembly Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • OnStar® Button Assembly Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • OnStar® Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Interface Unit (VIU) Connector End View- C2
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor (UH9/CJ2) Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch (UH9) Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Pontiac Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Pontiac Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) - Buick Connector End View
        • Ignition Key Alarm Switch Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View - Left (Low Note)
        • Horn Connector End View - Right (High Note)
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C1 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C2 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C3 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Module C4 (A43) Connector End View
        • Memory Seat and Mirror Switch (A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (A43) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (2 Of 2)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Air Switch Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Time Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Height Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (1 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (2 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (3 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (4 Of 4) - C2 (UQ3)
        • Radio Connector End View (1 Of 2) - C1
        • Radio Connector End View (2 Of 2) - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2 (UE1)
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control Connector End View (UK6) (1 Of 2)
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control Connector End View (UK6) (2 Of 2)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Subwoofer (Pontiac) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Subwoofer (Buick) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Subwoofer (Pontiac) (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Subwoofer (Buick) (UQ3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right
        • Tailgate Audio Controls Connector End View (Pontiac)
        • Tweeter Connector End View - LF Door
        • Tweeter Connector End View - RF Door
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack, SP205 Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C1) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C2) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C1) Connector End View
        • Stoplamp Switch (C2) Connector End View
        • Transaxle In-line Harness 20-Way Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C1 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Transaxle Range Switch C2 Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Stoplamp Switch Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (Harness Side)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM 80-Way C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View - C2
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - CO Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C3 (1 Of 2) Connector End View
        • Body Control Module - C3 (2 Of 2) Connector End View
        • I/P Switch Assembly C1 (Buick) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump (Buick) Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor (Buick) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module C1 Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module C2 Connector End View
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Positioning Encoding Switch Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Lock Cylinder Switch - Endgate Connector End View
        • Security Indicator Lamp Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Solenoid Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Pontiac
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Buick
        • CMP Sensor Connector End View
        • CKP Sensor "A" Connector End View
        • CKP Sensor "B" Connector End View
        • ECT Sensor Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • EVAP Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Fuel Level Sender Connector End View
        • FTP Sensor Connector End View
        • HO2S Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • HO2S Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • IAC Valve Connector End View
        • IAT Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Aztek)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View (Rendezvous)
        • MAF Sensor Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • PCM C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Secondary AIR Injection Solenoid Connector End View
        • TP Sensor Connector End View
        • Driver-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Floor Shift Control Connector End View - Aztek
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View - Rendezvous
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (Left)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View (Right)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.4L VIN E
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.4L VIN E
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Auxiliary Emission Control Systems
    • Emission Control System Visual Inspection Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Emission Control Labels
      • Emission Control Visual Inspection
        • Notes
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)
        • Thermostatic Air Cleaner (TAC)
        • Fuel Evaporative System (EVAP)
        • Catalytic Converters
          • Oxidation Catalyst (OC)
          • Three-Way Catalyst (TWC)
          • Three-Way Catalyst + Oxidation Catalyst (TWC + OC)
        • Fill Pipe RESTRICTOR (Fr)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
          • Single Diaphragm EGR Valve
          • Dual Diaphragm EGR Valve
          • Positive Backpressure EGR (BP/EGR) Valve
          • Negative Backpressure EGR (BP/EGR) Valve
          • Digital EGR Valve
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Spark Controls (SPK)
        • Air Injection System (AIS)
          • Air Pump Injection System (AP)
          • Pulsed Secondary Air Injection (PAIR) System
        • Oxygen Sensor (O2)
        • Computerized Engine Controls (CEC)
        • Early Fuel Evaporation (EFE)
        • Emission Maintenance Reminder Light (EMR) (If Equipped)
        • Malfunction Indicator Light (Mil)
  • Cooling Fan
    • Electric Cooling Fans
      • Model Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Electric Cooling Fan Control
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Information
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
        • DTC P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
      • System Testing
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Engine Overheating
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cooling Fan
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Cooling Fan Motor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fan Shroud
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Relays (Within An Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Identification
        • Cooling Fan (Left)
        • Cooling Fan (Right)
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Tools Required
        • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempil Sticks
        • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Tools Required
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
          • Flushing
          • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipes Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle Assemblies and Deflectors
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
        • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
          • Hot Coolant Temp
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Engine Oil Cooler
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Tools Required
        • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempil Sticks
        • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Tools Required
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
          • Flushing
          • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipes Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle Assemblies and Deflectors
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
        • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
          • Hot Coolant Temp
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Engine Oil Cooler
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Engine Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Model Identification
      • Belt Adjustment
      • Serpentine Belt Routing & Alignment
        • Notes
        • 1.8L Prizm
        • 1.9L Saturn
        • 2.0L Tracker
        • 2.2L (L61) Alero, Cavalier & Grand Am
        • 2.2L (LN2) Cavalier & Sunfire
        • 2.2L "S" Pickup
        • 2.2L Sonoma
        • 2.4L Cavalier & Sunfire
        • 2.5L Tracker
        • 3.1L Century & Grand Prix, & 3.4L Impala & Monte Carlo
        • 3.1L Malibu & 3.4L Alero, Aztek, Grand Am, Malibu, Montana, Rendezvous, Silouhette & Venture
        • 3.5L Aurora & Intrigue
        • 3.8L Bonneville, Grand Prix, Impala, LeSabre, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue & Regal
        • 3.8L Camaro & Firebird
        • 4.0L Aurora & 4.6L Deville, Eldorado & Seville
        • 4.2L Bravada, Envoy & Trail Blazer
        • 4.3L, 5.0L & 5.7L Trucks - All Models
        • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Trucks - All Models
        • 5.7L Camaro & Firebird
        • 5.7L Corvette
        • 6.5L Turbo-Diesel Express & Savana
        • 6.6L Turbo-Diesel Sierra & Silverado
        • 8.1L Express & Savana
        • 8.1L Sierra, Silverado, Suburban & Yukon XL
      • Specifications
        • Cooling System Specifications
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Converter Hanger Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Mechanical
    • Engine Mechanical (On-Vehicle)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
          • Notes
          • Belt Dressing Notice
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
        • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
        • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
        • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
        • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
        • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Engine Noise Under Load
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
        • Engine Compression Test
        • Cylinder Leakage Test
          • Testing Procedure
        • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
        • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
          • Low or No Oil Pressure
          • Oil Pressure Testing
        • Oil Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Locating and Identifying the Leak
            • Notes
            • Visual Inspection Method
            • Powder Method
            • Black Light and Dye Method
          • Possible Causes for Leaks
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
          • Results Of Incorrect Operation
          • Functional Test
        • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
          • Belt Dressing Notice
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
          • Belt Dressing Notice
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
          • Belt Dressing Notice
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
          • Belt Dressing Notice
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
          • Belt Dressing Notice
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
          • Belt Dressing Notice
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement (FWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement (AWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Upper Radiator Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Inlet Line Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Outlet Line Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Oil Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Rear Bearing Hole Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
          • General Description
          • Operation
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
          • Functional Check of PCV valve
        • Drive Belt System Description
        • Rotating the Engine for Service Access
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Engine Mechanical (Unit Repair)
      • Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricant Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Engine Identification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Oil Cooler Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Air Injection Check Valve Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
        • Intake Manifold Removal - Upper
        • Intake Manifold Removal - Lower
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
        • Engine Mount Strut and Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Removal
        • Engine Mount Strut and Engine Lift Bracket Removal
        • Engine Lift Bracket and Generator Bracket Removal
        • Water Outlet Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seat Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Bearing Selection
          • Notes
          • Method A
          • Method B
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Lower
          • Tools Required
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Upper
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Oil Pump Drive Installation
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
          • Tools Required
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
          • Tools Required
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Water Outlet Installation
        • Engine Lift Bracket and Generator Bracket Installation
        • Engine Mount Strut and Engine Lift Bracket Installation
        • Engine Mount Strut and Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Intake Manifold Installation - Lower
        • Intake Manifold Installation - Upper
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Air Injection Check Valve Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Oil Cooler Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
          • Tools Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Component Description
        • New Product Information
          • Notes
          • Component Comparison
          • Fastener Changes
          • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
          • Changed Engine Specifications
          • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
          • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
          • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
          • New Special Tools Required
        • Lubrication Description
        • Cleanliness and Care
        • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Use of RTV and Anaerobic Sealer
          • Notes
          • Applying RTV Sealer
          • Applying Anaerobic Sealer
        • Separating Parts
        • Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Starting System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Starter Application
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-Up Cycles
        • Engine Electrical Diagnostic System Check
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0560: The Pcm Detects A System Voltage Out Of Range For 30 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC P0620: The Generator Turn On Signal Circuit Voltage Low While The Pcm Is Commanding Generator On, Condition Present For More Than 30 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Testing
      • System Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Test B: Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Test C: Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Test D: Starter Noise Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Starter
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Engine Performance
  • Engine Controls - On-Vehicle Adjustments
    • Model Identification
    • Engine Mechanical
    • Valve Clearance
    • Ignition Timing (Gasoline)
      • Notes
      • Camshaft Retard Offset (5.0L & 5.7L)
        • Notes
        • Inspection
        • Adjustment
    • Injection Pump Timing/TDC Offset (Diesel)
      • Notes
      • Injection Pump Timing (6.5L Diesel)
      • TDC Offset Learn Procedure (6.5L Diesel)
    • Idle Speed & Mixture
      • Gasoline Engines
      • Diesel Engines
    • Throttle Position Sensor
      • Gasoline Engines
      • Diesel Engines & 8.1L Gasoline Engine
  • Application
    • Engine/VIN Breakdown
      • Engine/VIN Breakdown
        • Notes
        • Model/Year VIN Code Applications
        • Engine Code Location
        • Vehicle Safety Certification Label
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Trucks
      • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Trucks
        • Test 1
          • Ported & Backpressure EGR
        • Test 2
          • Linear EGR
        • Test 3
        • Test 4
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - PONTIAC
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 2.0L (LNF) & 3.6L
    • 2007 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 G8 (3.6L)
    • 2008 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 Torrent (3.6L)
  • Pin Voltage Charts
    • Engine Controls - PID Value Charts - Trucks
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • PID Values
        • Notes
        • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
          • Engine Data 1
          • Engine Data 2
          • EGR Data
          • EVAP Data
          • Fuel Trim Data
          • Misfire Data
          • Output Driver Data
        • PID Value Tables
          • Notes
          • PID Values (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
          • PID Values (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & TrailBlazer)
          • PID Values (Cab & Chassis, Cutaway & RV Cutaway - 6.5L)
          • PID Values (Chevy Express & Savana - 4.3L)
          • PID Values (Chevy Express & Savana - 5.0L & 5.7L Gasoline)
          • PID Values (Chevy Express & Savana - 5.0L & 5.7L CNG Bi-Fuel)
          • PID Values (Chevy Express & Savana - 6.5L)
          • PID Values (C, G & K Series - 8.1L)
          • PID Values (C & K Series - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Gasoline)
          • PID Values (C & K Series - 6.0L CNG)
          • PID Values (C & K Series - 6.6L)
          • PID Values (Sierra & Silverado - 4.3L)
          • PID Values (Sonoma & S10 Pickup - 2.2L)
          • PID Values (S & T Series - 4.3L)
          • PID Values (Tracker - 2.0L)
          • PID Values (Tracker - 2.5L)
          • PID Values (Vue - 2.2L)
          • PID Values (Vue - 3.0L)
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Components - Removal, Installation & Overhaul
      • Introduction
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
          • Removal & Installation
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Mass Airflow Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Cooling System
        • Cooling System Bleeding
      • Ignition Systems
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" (24X)
          • Removal & Installation
          • Installation
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor "B" (7X)
          • Removal & Installation
          • Installation
        • Ignition Coils
          • Removal & Installation
        • Ignition Control Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Spark Plugs
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Line Disconnect Fittings
          • Removal (Quick-Connect Fitting - With Metal Collar)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Quick-Connect Fitting - With Plastic Collar)
        • Fuel Filler Tube
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Pump
          • Removal & Installation
        • Fuel Rail & Injectors
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Tank
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Body
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • EGR System Cleaning
        • EGR Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • EGR Valve Pipe
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • EVAP Canister
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • EVAP System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Crossover Pipe/Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Secondary Air Injection Shut-Off Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Front Valve)
          • Removal & Installation (Rear Valve)
      • Torque Specifications
  • Sensor Range Charts
    • Engine Controls - Sensor Operating Range Charts
      • Introduction
  • Specifications
    • Engine Controls - Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Capacities
        • Engine Oil Capacity
        • Cooling System Fluid Capacity
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity
        • Manual Transmission Fluid Capacity
      • Quick-Service
        • Service Intervals & Specifications
        • Belt Tension
      • Mechanical Checks
        • Engine Compression
        • Valve Clearance
      • Ignition System
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Spark Plugs
        • Firing Order
          • Notes
          • Firing Order (2.0L & 2.2L)
          • Firing Order (2.5L)
          • Firing Order (3.0L "L" & "Z" Series & 3.4L "A" & "B" Series)
          • Firing Order (3.4L "U" Series)
          • Firing Order (4.2L)
          • Firing Order (4.3L)
          • Firing Order (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L, 6.5L Diesel & 8.1L)
          • Firing Order (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Firing Order (6.6L Diesel)
      • Ignition Timing (Gasoline)
        • Except Tracker
        • Tracker
      • Injection Pump Timing (Diesel)
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pump
        • Injector Resistance
        • Idle Speed & Mixture
        • Throttle Position Sensor
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L VUE)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.0L VUE)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.4L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.2L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Astro, Blazer, Jimmy CANADIAN, Safari, SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Chevy Express & SAVANA)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Sierra & SILVERADO)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (6.5L Diesel)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (6.6L Diesel)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (CNG)
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (Diesel)
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (Gasoline)
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (2.2L & 3.0L VUE)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (3.4L)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.2L)
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.3L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L)
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Symptom Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Basic Ignition System Checks
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing (Gasoline)
      • Idle Speed & Injection Pump Timing (Diesel)
      • Summary
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Turbocharger (6.5L & 6.6L Diesel)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Pcm Power & Ground Check
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Engine Oil Level Switch
        • Fuel Composition Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor No. 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor No. 2
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (Except 3.4L)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Transmission Range Switch
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (Gasoline)
        • Glow Plug Relay
        • Idle Air Control Valve
        • Ignition Relay
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
      • Fuel System (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Notes
        • Alternative Fuel Pump Relay
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Diagnosis (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Unwanted Switch To Gasoline (Bi-Fuel Only)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Indicator Light Always On - Alternative Fuels
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate Or Inoperative - Alternative Fuels
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Fuel System (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Heater Inoperative Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Heater Always On Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Heater Inoperative Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Nozzle Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Injector Balance Test
          • Nozzle Opening Pressure Test
          • Nozzle Leak Test
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Leaks Inside Of Engine (6.6L)
        • Fuel Leaks Outside Of Engine (6.6L)
        • Fuel Return System Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • From Engine To Tank
          • From Engine To Injector Spill Lines
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - Cab & Chassis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Air Leak Check
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - Pickup (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Air Leak Check
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - High Pressure Side (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Graphing
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test (6.5L & 6.6L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Glow Plug System Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Glow Plug System Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Ignition (Glow Plug) Relay (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Always On (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Inoperative (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Always On (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Inoperative (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Draining Procedure (6.6L)
      • Fuel System (Gasoline)
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (4.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Relay (All Except 2.2L & 3.0L VUE, 3.4L, 5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Relay (2.2L & 3.0L VUE)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Relay (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test
      • Idle Control System
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition System
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.3L, 5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (4.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (5.7L Bi-Fuel)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Air Injection
          • Electric AIR Pump
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Crankcase Depression Regulator Valve (6.5L)
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (6.6L)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • EGR Valve Check
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation System Cleaning
        • EGR Valve Vacuum Pump (6.5L)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan Control
        • Transmission
      • Component Locations
        • 2.2L (VIN 4) "S" Series
        • 3.4L (VIN E) "A" & "B" Series
        • 3.4L (VIN E) "U" Series
        • 4.2L (VIN S) "S" & "T" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "C" & "K" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "G" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "L" & "M" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "S" & "T" Series
        • 4.8L (VIN V), 5.3L (VIN T & Z), & 6.0L (VIN U) "C" & "K" Series
        • 5.0L (VIN M) & 5.7L (VIN R) "G" Series
        • 6.5L (VIN F) "C" Series
        • 6.5L (VIN F) "G" Series
        • 6.6L (VIN 1) "C" & "K" Series
        • 8.1L (VIN G) "C" & "K" Series
        • 8.1L (VIN G) "G" Series
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power Or Sluggish
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
          • Cause & Correction
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle And Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Symptoms (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out &/Or Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Excessive Smoke
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Fuel Knock/Combustion Noise
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Fuel Leaks Or Fuel Smell
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag &/Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggishness Or Sponginess
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Rough, Unstable, Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Surge &/Or CHUGGLE
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Turbocharger Trouble Shooting
        • Symptoms
        • Probable Causes
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Engine Controls Self-Diagnostics
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
        • Intermittent Conditions
          • Notes
          • Preliminary
          • Harness or Connector Intermittents
          • Electrical Connections or Wiring
          • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect PCM Programming
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
          • Scan Tool Snapshot
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-Up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
          • No Driver Information Center
          • Optional Driver Information Center
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Programming
        • Theft Deterrent Password Learn Procedure
          • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance Procedures
        • Drive Cycles
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Air System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0030: Ho2S Heater Control Circuit Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0101: MAF Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit - Low Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit - High Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0116: ECT Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0121: TP Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0128: ECT Less Than Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0130: Ho2S Sensor 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0141: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0200-P0206: Fuel Injector Control Circuits
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Control Relay Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0300-P0306: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Module Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327: Knock Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0401: EGR System - Insufficient Flow
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0403: EGR Valve Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0404: EGR Valve Open Pintle Position
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405: EGR Pintle Position Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0410: Secondary Air Injection System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0412: Secondary Air Injection Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0418: Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: TWC System - Low Efficiency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0440: EVAP System - Large Leak
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Small Leak
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0443: EVAP Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449: EVAP Vent Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Low Output
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Erratic
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0506: Idle Control System - Low Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System - High Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681 & P1683: Pcm Memory
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719: Brake Switch Circuit - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0724: Brake Switch Circuit - High Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1106: Map System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1107: Map Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1111: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1114: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1121: TP Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1122: TP Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Powertrain Control Module (PCM) CIRCUIT - INSUFFICIENT SWITCHING - SENSOR 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1336: Crankshaft System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1351: Ignition Control Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1352: Ignition By-Pass Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1361: Ignition Control Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1362: Ignition By-Pass Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1374: 3X Reference Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1380: EBCM DTC Detected Rough Road Data Unstable
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected - No EBCM/Pcm Serial Data
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1404: EGR Valve Closed Pintle Position
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1635: 5-Volt Reference 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1640: Excessive Voltage Detected On Output Driver No. 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1650: Excessive Voltage Detected On Output Driver No. 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1660: Excessive Voltage Detected On Output Driver No. 3 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1670: Excessive Voltage Detected On Output Driver No. 4 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Compression
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (2.2L VUE)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.0L VUE)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (3.4L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.2L)
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Astro, Blazer, Jimmy CANADIAN, Safari, SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Chevy Express & SAVANA)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.3L - Sierra & SILVERADO)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (6.5L Diesel)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (6.6L Diesel)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (CNG)
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (Diesel)
      • Basic Fuel System Checks (Gasoline)
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (2.2L & 3.0L VUE)
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (3.4L)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.2L)
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.3L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L)
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Symptom Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Basic Ignition System Checks
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing (Gasoline)
      • Idle Speed & Injection Pump Timing (Diesel)
      • Summary
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Turbocharger (6.5L & 6.6L Diesel)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Pcm Power & Ground Check
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Engine Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Engine Oil Level Switch
        • Fuel Composition Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor No. 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor No. 2
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (Except 3.4L)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Transmission Range Switch
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (Gasoline)
        • Glow Plug Relay
        • Idle Air Control Valve
        • Ignition Relay
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
      • Fuel System (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
        • Notes
        • Alternative Fuel Pump Relay
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Diagnosis (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Lock-Off Relay
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Unwanted Switch To Gasoline (Bi-Fuel Only)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Indicator Light Always On - Alternative Fuels
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (Bi-Fuel & CNG)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate Or Inoperative - Alternative Fuels
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Fuel System (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Fuel Heater Inoperative Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Heater Always On Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Heater Inoperative Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Nozzle Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Injector Balance Test
          • Nozzle Opening Pressure Test
          • Nozzle Leak Test
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Leaks Inside Of Engine (6.6L)
        • Fuel Leaks Outside Of Engine (6.6L)
        • Fuel Return System Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • From Engine To Tank
          • From Engine To Injector Spill Lines
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - Cab & Chassis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Air Leak Check
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - Pickup (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Fuel System Air Leak Check
        • Fuel System Diagnosis - High Pressure Side (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Graphing
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test (6.5L & 6.6L)
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Glow Plug System Diagnosis (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Glow Plug System Diagnosis (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Ignition (Glow Plug) Relay (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Always On (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Inoperative (6.5L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Always On (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Light Inoperative (6.6L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Water-In-Fuel Draining Procedure (6.6L)
      • Fuel System (Gasoline)
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Special Tool (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2 (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis (4.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (2.2L SONOMA & S10 Pickup)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.3L VIN W & X)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Relay (All Except 2.2L & 3.0L VUE, 3.4L, 5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Relay (2.2L & 3.0L VUE)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Relay (5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Fuel System Pressure Test
      • Idle Control System
        • Notes
        • Idle Air Control System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Ignition System
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.3L, 5.0L & 5.7L)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (3.4L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (4.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (5.7L Bi-Fuel)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis (8.1L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Air Injection
          • Electric AIR Pump
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Crankcase Depression Regulator Valve (6.5L)
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (6.6L)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • EGR Valve Check
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation System Cleaning
        • EGR Valve Vacuum Pump (6.5L)
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan Control
        • Transmission
      • Component Locations
        • 2.2L (VIN 4) "S" Series
        • 3.4L (VIN E) "A" & "B" Series
        • 3.4L (VIN E) "U" Series
        • 4.2L (VIN S) "S" & "T" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "C" & "K" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "G" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "L" & "M" Series
        • 4.3L (VIN W) "S" & "T" Series
        • 4.8L (VIN V), 5.3L (VIN T & Z), & 6.0L (VIN U) "C" & "K" Series
        • 5.0L (VIN M) & 5.7L (VIN R) "G" Series
        • 6.5L (VIN F) "C" Series
        • 6.5L (VIN F) "G" Series
        • 6.6L (VIN 1) "C" & "K" Series
        • 8.1L (VIN G) "C" & "K" Series
        • 8.1L (VIN G) "G" Series
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting - No Codes
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms (Gasoline)
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power Or Sluggish
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
          • Cause & Correction
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle And Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Symptoms (Diesel)
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Cuts Out &/Or Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Excessive Smoke
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Fuel Knock/Combustion Noise
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Fuel Leaks Or Fuel Smell
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag &/Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power, Sluggishness Or Sponginess
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Rough, Unstable, Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Surge &/Or CHUGGLE
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
      • Turbocharger Trouble Shooting
        • Symptoms
        • Probable Causes
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Engine Controls Self-Diagnostics
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
        • Intermittent Conditions
          • Notes
          • Preliminary
          • Harness or Connector Intermittents
          • Electrical Connections or Wiring
          • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect PCM Programming
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
          • Scan Tool Snapshot
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-Up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
          • No Driver Information Center
          • Optional Driver Information Center
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Programming
        • Theft Deterrent Password Learn Procedure
          • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance Procedures
        • Drive Cycles
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Air System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0030: Ho2S Heater Control Circuit Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0101: MAF Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit - Low Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit - High Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0116: ECT Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0121: TP Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0125: Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0128: ECT Less Than Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0130: Ho2S Sensor 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0141: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0200-P0206: Fuel Injector Control Circuits
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Control Relay Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0300-P0306: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Module Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327: Knock Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0401: EGR System - Insufficient Flow
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0403: EGR Valve Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0404: EGR Valve Open Pintle Position
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405: EGR Pintle Position Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0410: Secondary Air Injection System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0412: Secondary Air Injection Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0418: Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: TWC System - Low Efficiency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0440: EVAP System - Large Leak
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Small Leak
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0443: EVAP Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449: EVAP Vent Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Low Output
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Erratic
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0506: Idle Control System - Low Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System - High Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681 & P1683: Pcm Memory
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719: Brake Switch Circuit - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0724: Brake Switch Circuit - High Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1106: Map System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1107: Map Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1111: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1114: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1115: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1121: TP Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1122: TP Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Powertrain Control Module (PCM) CIRCUIT - INSUFFICIENT SWITCHING - SENSOR 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio - Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1336: Crankshaft System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1351: Ignition Control Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1352: Ignition By-Pass Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1361: Ignition Control Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1362: Ignition By-Pass Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1374: 3X Reference Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1380: EBCM DTC Detected Rough Road Data Unstable
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected - No EBCM/Pcm Serial Data
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1404: EGR Valve Closed Pintle Position
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1635: 5-Volt Reference 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1640: Excessive Voltage Detected On Output Driver No. 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1650: Excessive Voltage Detected On Output Driver No. 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1660: Excessive Voltage Detected On Output Driver No. 3 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1670: Excessive Voltage Detected On Output Driver No. 4 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Theory and Operation
    • Engine Controls - Theory & Operation
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Airflow Sensing
          • Speed Density
        • Turbocharger (6.5L & 6.6L Diesel)
      • Computerized Engine Controls (Gasoline Engines)
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module & Vehicle Control Module
          • Notes
          • Arithmetic Logic Unit
          • Central Processing Unit
          • Memories
          • Power Supply
        • Input Devices
          • Notes
          • Air Conditioning (A/C) On/Request Signal
          • Battery Voltage
          • Brake Switch Feedback
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (Except 3.0L, 3.4L & 4.2L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.0L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (3.4L)
          • Camshaft Position Sensor (4.2L)
          • Cranking Signal
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Digital Ratio Adapter Controller
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation Pintle Position Sensor
          • Fuel Pump Feedback
          • Gear Switches
          • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Knock Sensor
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Oxygen Sensor
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Signals
          • Notes
          • A/C Clutch Relay
          • Cruise Control Stepper Motor
          • EGR System
          • Electronic Ignition
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump & Fuel Pump Relay
          • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Malfunction Indicator Light
          • Self-Diagnostics
          • Serial Data
          • Shift Solenoids (Electronic Transmission)
          • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Transmission Shift Light (Manual Transmission)
      • Computerized Engine Controls (Diesel Engines)
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Memories
        • Input Devices
          • Notes
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
          • Barometric Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Boost Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor (57X Signal)
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Fuel Temperature Sensor
          • Injection Pump Cam Signal
          • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Signals
          • Notes
          • Cruise Control Stepper Motor
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation System
          • Fuel Solenoid
          • Glow Plug Relay
          • Injector Timing Stepper Motor
          • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Transmission Shift Light (Manual Transmission)
          • Turbo Boost Relay (6.5L Turbo)
          • Wastegate Solenoid (6.5L Turbo)
      • Fuel Systems (Diesel Engines)
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Injection Pump
        • Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Fuel System Operating Modes
        • Idle Speed
          • Curb Idle Speed
          • Fast Idle Speed
      • Fuel Systems (Gasoline Engines)
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator (CSFI)
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator (SFI)
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Relay
        • Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Central Sequential Fuel Injection (CSFI) Assembly
          • Closed Loop Mode
          • Fuel System Operating Modes
          • Open Loop Mode
          • Sequential Fuel Injection (SFI) System
        • Idle Speed
          • Notes
          • Idle Air Control Valve (IAC)
      • Ignition Systems (Gasoline Engines)
        • Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System
          • High Voltage Switch Ignition System
          • Ignition Timing Control
      • Emission Systems (Gasoline Engines)
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Evaporative Emission System
          • Notes
          • Carbon Canister
          • Canister Purge Control Solenoid (CPCS)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
        • Secondary Air Injection System
      • Emission Systems (Diesel Engines)
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION
          • Notes
          • EGR Fault Detection
          • EGR Valve
          • EGR Vent/EGR Solenoids
          • Vacuum Pump
        • Crankcase Depression Regulator
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Malfunction Indicator Light
        • Serial Data
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Clutch
          • Notes
          • A/C Pressure Switches
        • Cooling Fan Control
        • Cruise Control
        • Transmission
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
          • Electronic Transmission
          • Shift Up Indicator Light
  • Engine Vacuum Diagrams
    • Model Identification
    • Introduction
    • Emission Control Device Abbreviations
    • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
  • Engine Performance Wiring Diagrams
    • Wiring Diagrams
      • ALERO & Grand Am
      • Astro & Safari
      • Aurora
      • Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade Ext, Sierra, SILVERADO, Suburban, TAHOE, YUKON & YUKON XL
      • AZTEK
      • Blazer, Jimmy CANADIAN, SONOMA & S10 Pickup
      • BONNEVILLE & LESABRE
      • BRAVADA, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer
      • CAMARO & Firebird
      • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
      • Century
      • Chevy Express & SAVANA
      • Corvette
      • DEVILLE
      • ELDORADO
      • Grand PRIX
      • Impala & Monte CARLO
      • Intrigue
      • MALIBU
      • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
      • Park Avenue
      • PRIZM
      • Regal
      • SATURN (L Series)
      • SATURN (S Series)
      • SEVILLE
      • Tracker
      • VUE
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Computer Relearn Procedures
    • Introduction
      • Body Controls
      • Engine Controls
    • CHRYSLER Corp.
      • A/C Calibration (Caravan, Town & Country, & Voyager)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • A/C Calibration (CONCORDE, Intrepid & 300M)
      • Body Control Module (CONCORDE, Intrepid, SEBRING Convertible, SEBRING Sedan, Stratus Sedan & 300M)
      • Drive Learn Procedure (DAKOTA - 4.7L, DURANGO - 4.7L & Ram Pickup 1500 - 4.7L)
        • Notes
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1st Neutral To Drive Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Drive Garage Shift
        • Procedure To Learn The 1st 2-3 Shift After A Restart Or Shift To Reverse
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 2-3 & 3-4 Upshift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-3 Coastdown & Part Throttle 4-3 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1-2 Upshift & 3-2 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Manual 2-1 Pulldown Shift As Well As A Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-5 Upshift for 545RFE
      • Engine Control Module Programming (Diesel)
      • Immobilizer System (SEBRING Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
        • Notes
        • Encrypted Code Registration
        • Key ID Registration
      • Instrument Cluster (Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Pinion Factor Procedure
        • Except Concorde, Durango - With NGC, Intrepid & 300M
        • Concorde, Durango - With NGC, Intrepid & 300M
      • Power Liftgate Learn Cycle (Caravan & Town & Country)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • Power Sliding Door Learn Cycle (Caravan & Town & Country)
        • Description
        • Procedure
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming (Except Ram Pickup 2500 & 3500 - Gasoline, Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming (Ram Pickup 2500 & 3500 - Gasoline, Ram Van & Ram Wagon)
      • Sentry Key Immobilizer Module Programming
      • Programming Ignition Keys To Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
        • Using Scan Tool
        • Programming Ignition Keys Using Customer Learn Method
      • Torque Converter Clutch Break-In Procedure (CONCORDE, Intrepid & 300M)
        • Description
        • Break-In Procedure
      • Transmission Shift Quality Quick Learn Procedure (DAKOTA - 4.7L, DURANGO - 4.7L & Ram Pickup 1500 - 4.7L)
      • Transaxle Shift Quality Quick Learn Procedure
      • Vehicle DRIVEABILITY Computer Relearn Procedure
    • Ford Motor Co.
      • Notes
      • Control Module Programming
        • Notes
        • Programmable Module Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Lock Actuator Module Parameter Reset (LS - Manual Transmission Only)
      • Customer Preferences
      • Instrument Cluster Programming
        • Notes
        • Instrument Cluster Programming Procedure "A"
        • Instrument Cluster Programming Procedure "B"
        • Security Access Procedure
      • Power Sliding Door Initialization (WINDSTAR Only)
      • Programming Powertrain Control Module (All Models)
        • Notes
        • Description
        • Flash Vehicle Identification (VID) Block Procedure
      • Rear Ride Height Initializing Procedure (BLACKWOOD Only)
        • Calibration Procedure
    • General Motors (Cars)
      • Notes
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Alero, Aurora - 4.0L, Bonneville, Cavalier - 2.2L, Century, Corvette, Deville, Eldorado, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal, Seville & Sunfire - 2.2L
        • Camaro & Firebird - 3.8L
        • Camaro & Firebird - 5.7L
        • Cavalier & Sunfire - 2.4L
        • Intrigue - 3.5L
        • Saturn - 1.9L
        • Saturn - 2.2L
      • Engine Control Module
        • Saturn - 3.0L
      • Idle Air Control Valve Learn Procedure
        • Deville, Eldorado & Seville
      • Powertrain Control Module
        • Alero - 2.2L, Cavalier, Grand Am - 2.2L, Saturn - 1.9L & Sunfire
        • Remote Programming (Alero - 3.4L, Aurora, Bonneville, Camaro, Century, Deville, Eldorado, Firebird, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, Intrigue, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal & Seville)
        • Off-Board Programming (Alero - 3.4L, Aurora, Bonneville, Camaro, Century, Deville, Eldorado, Firebird, Grand Am, Grand Prix, Impala, Intrigue, LeSabre, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Park Avenue, Regal & Seville)
        • Remote Programming (Corvette)
        • Off-Board Programming (Corvette)
      • Theft Deterrent System Components
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Alero, Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Grand Am, Impala, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Regal & Sunfire)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Alero, Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Grand Am, Impala, Malibu, Monte Carlo, Regal & Sunfire)
        • Set Up A New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, Bonneville, Deville, Eldorado, Intrigue, LeSabre, Park Avenue & Seville)
        • Passlock™ Anti-Theft Seed & Key Method (Saturn - 1.9L)
        • Passlock™ Anti-Theft Auto Learn Method (Saturn - 1.9L)
        • Auto Learn Method (Saturn - 2.2L & 3.0L)
        • Saturn Service Stall Method (Saturn - 2.2L & 3.0L)
      • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
        • Saturn - 3.0L
      • Throttle Position Sensor Learn Procedure
        • Deville, Eldorado & Seville
    • General Motors (Trucks & Vans)
      • Notes
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 4.3L, 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana - 4.3L, 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special -5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL
        • Vue - 2.2L
      • Engine Control Module Programming
        • Remote Programming (Sierra & Silverado - 6.6L)
        • Off-Board Programming (Sierra & Silverado - 6.6L)
        • Vue - 2.2L
        • Vue - 3.0L
      • Fuel Injection Pump Top Dead Center Offset Adjustment
        • Learning A TDC Offset (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
      • Glow Plug System Relearn Procedure
        • Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L
      • Powertrain Control Module
        • Remote Programming (Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, Savana - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma - 4.3L, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • Off-Board Programming (Avalanche, Astro, Aztek, Blazer, Bravada, Cab & Chassis - 8.1L, Chevy Express - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, Montana, Rendezvous, RV Cutaway - 5.7L & 8.1L, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, Savana - 5.0L, 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Camper Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Savana Special - 5.7L & 8.1L, Sierra - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Silhouette, Silverado - 4.3L, 4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L, Sonoma - 4.3L, Suburban, Tahoe, Trailblazer, Venture, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • PCM Programming (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
        • Programming TDC Offset (Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, RV Cutaway, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special - 6.5L)
        • PCM Programming (S10 Pickup - 2.2L, Sonoma - 2.2L & Tracker)
      • Theft Deterrent System Components
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special, Sierra, Silverado, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Cutaway, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Jimmy Canadian, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup, Safari, Savana, Savana Camper Special & Savana Special, Sierra, Silverado, Sonoma, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
        • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aztek, Montana, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
        • 10 Minute Learn Procedure With Standard Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • 30 Minute Learn Procedure With Standard Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • Procedure To Set Up New Theft Deterrent Control Module With Transponder Key (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL & Trailblazer)
        • Auto Learn Method (Vue)
        • Saturn Service Stall Method (Vue)
      • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
        • Vue - 3.0L
    • Jeep
      • Drive Learn Procedure (Grand CHEROKEE & Liberty)
        • Notes
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1st Neutral To Drive Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Drive Garage Shift
        • Procedure To Learn The 1st 2-3 Shift After A Restart Or Shift To Reverse
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 2-3 & 3-4 Upshift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-3 Coastdown & Part Throttle 4-3 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 1-2 Upshift & 3-2 Kickdown
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Manual 2-1 Pulldown Shift As Well As A Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth Neutral To Reverse Shift
        • Procedure To Learn A Smooth 4-5 Upshift for 545RFE
      • Powertrain Control Module Programming
        • Notes
        • Updating Secret Key Data
      • Sentry Key Immobilizer Module Programming
      • Programming Ignition Keys To Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
        • Using Scan Tool
        • Using Customer Learn Method
      • Shift Quality Quick-Learn Procedure (Grand CHEROKEE & Liberty)
        • Overview
        • Quick-Learn Procedure
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2001-03
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Notes
      • Drive Cycle
        • Description
        • Enable Conditions
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Air Conditioning, Automatic DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T65-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.4L DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTC
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Shift Lock Control DTCS
    • Starting DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • Lifting & Jacking Vehicle
      • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Front Wheel Drive Lifting and Jacking Locations
        • All Wheel Drive Lifting and Jacking Locations
        • Lifting the Vehicle with a Frame-Contact Lift
          • Frame-Contact Lift at the Front of the Vehicle
          • Frame-Contact Lift at the Rear of the Vehicle
        • Lifting the Vehicle with a Suspension-Contact Lift
          • Suspension-Contact Lift at the Front of the Vehicle
          • Suspension-Contact Lift at the Rear of the Vehicle
        • Lifting the Vehicle with a Floor Jack
          • Floor Jack at the Front of the Vehicle
          • Floor Jack at the Rear of the Vehicle (All Wheel Drive)
          • Floor Jack at the Rear of the Vehicle (Front Wheel Drive)
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Vehicle DTC Information
        • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
        • Driveline Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
            • Tools Required
            • Tire Rotational Speed at 8 km/h (5 mph)
          • Propeller Shaft Rotational Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
          • Engine Order Related Disturbances
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
            • Notes
            • Vibration Symptoms that are Felt
            • Vibration Symptoms that are Heard
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
          • Notes
          • Tire Wear
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
        • Transfer Case Output Flange Runout Measurement
        • Torque Tube Input Flange Runout Measurement
        • Differential Pinion Input Shaft Runout Measurement
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Vibration Cycles in Powertrain Components
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
            • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • Notes
        • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
        • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
        • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
        • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
        • With Base Audio System
        • With Navigation System
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • With Base Audio System
        • Without DIC
        • With Navigation System
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • With Information Center Display
        • With Visual Information Center
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Federal Emissions
        • California Emissions
    • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
    • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Notes
        • Description
        • Message Reset
    • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Notes
        • Resetting With Base Audio System
        • Resetting With Navigation System
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Notes
        • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
        • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
        • Notes
        • Using DIC Reset Button
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
        • Notes
        • Using DIC Reset Button
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
        • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes W5Z-XE3)
      • RPO Code Definitions (Codes W5Z-XE3)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal (1997-2000)
          • Installation (1997-2000)
          • Removal (2001-2006)
          • Installation (2001-2006)
    • HVAC Systems - General Servicing
      • USING R-134a REFRIGERANT
        • Handling/Safety Precautions
        • IDENTIFYING R-134a SYSTEMS & COMPONENTS
          • Notes
          • Fittings & "O" Rings
          • Underhood A/C Specification Labels
        • Refrigerant Oils
      • System Service Valves
        • SCHRADER-Type Valves
        • Special Valve Connectors
        • R-134a SERVICE VALVES/PORTS
        • Service Valve Locations
      • Service Equipment
      • Manifold Gauge Set
        • Notes
        • Connecting Gauge Set
          • Notes
          • Schrader-Type Valves
        • Stabilizing A/C System
      • Pressure-Temperature Relationship
      • Pressure Gauge Readings
      • Recovery/Evacuation & Recharging
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Service Equipment
          • Manifold Gauge Set Connections
          • Refrigerant Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuate
          • Refrigerant System Charge
        • Ford Motor Co.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuation
          • Refrigerant System Charging
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Filtering Procedures (Ford)
        • A/C System Filtering (Focus)
        • A/C System Filtering (Villager)
        • A/C System Filtering (Except Focus & Villager)
      • Flushing Procedures
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Leak Testing
        • Notes
        • Types Of Leak Detectors
          • Bubble Solution Detector
          • Dye Solution
          • Fluorescent Leak Detection
          • Electronic Leak Detector
        • Preparation For Leak Testing
        • Bubble Detector Leak Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Leak Testing Procedure
        • Dye Solution Leak Testing Procedures
        • Fluorescent Dye Leak Testing Procedures
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • A/C Compressor Shaft Seal Leak Detection with Dye
          • Service Ports
          • Evaporator Core
          • Halogen Leak Detector
          • A/C Compressor Shaft Seal Leak Detection with J-39400-A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Test Description
        • A/C System Pressure - Zone Classification
        • A/C Performance Table
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining
          • Balancing
        • Compressor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Sealing Washers Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement - Inlet
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement - Outlet
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Ports Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Dehydrator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Linkage Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Side Window (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Side Window (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air (Aztek)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Center Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Defroster
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Air Outlet Ducts Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window (w/o UV6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window (w/ UV6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outlet Replacement - Auxiliary Air - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Air Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Secondary (Single Zone)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Secondary (Dual Zone)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement - Secondary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Model Identification
      • Specifications
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • A/C Cycle
        • Air Distribution
        • Air Speed
          • Notes
          • OFF Mode
          • Purge Operation
        • Automatic Operation
        • Dual Zone Operation
        • Engine Coolant
        • HVAC Operation
        • HVAC Control Components
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
          • Inside Air Temperature Sensor
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
          • Sunload Sensor
        • RECIRCULATION Operation
      • Component Location
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Mode Linkage
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Performance Test
        • A/C Performance Test
        • Heater Performance Test
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Retrieving & Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Check
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC B0165: Inside Air Temperature Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0166: Inside Air Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0233: Mode Actuator
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0408: Left Air Temperature Actuator
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0418: Right Air Temperature Actuator
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B3933: Evaporator Temperature Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0530: A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1546: A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • System Tests
        • A/C Pressure Zone A Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone B Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone C Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone D Diagnosis
      • Symptom Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Air Delivery Improper
        • Test B: Air RECIRCULATION Malfunction
        • Test C: Blower Motor Always On
        • Test D: Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Test E: Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Test F: Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Test G: Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
        • Test H: Defrosting Insufficient
        • Test I: Too Cold In Vehicle
        • Test J: Too Hot In Vehicle
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • A/C Refrigerant Filter
          • Removal (Existing Filter)
          • Installation (Existing Filter)
          • Installation (New)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Notes
          • Removal (Left)
          • Removal (Right)
          • Installation (Left)
          • Installation (Right)
        • Air Temperature Door
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Aspirator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Blower Motor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compressor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compressor Relay
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compressor Sealing Washers
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Condenser
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Defroster Door
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Removal (Secondary)
          • Installation
          • Installation (Secondary)
        • Discharge Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Evaporator Core
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Evaporator Tube
          • Removal (Inlet)
          • Removal (Outlet)
          • Installation (Inlet)
          • Installation (Outlet)
        • Floor Air Door
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heater Core
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heater Core Cover
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heater Pipe-Inlet
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • HVAC Control Module
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • HVAC Module Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Mode Actuator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Mode Door
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Removal (Secondary)
          • Installation
          • Installation (Secondary)
        • O-Ring
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter
        • Receiver Dehydrator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • RECIRCULATION Actuator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • RECIRCULATION Door
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Service Ports
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Suction Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Sun Load Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Thermal Expansion Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • HVAC Systems - General Servicing
      • USING R-134a REFRIGERANT
        • Handling/Safety Precautions
        • IDENTIFYING R-134a SYSTEMS & COMPONENTS
          • Notes
          • Fittings & "O" Rings
          • Underhood A/C Specification Labels
        • Refrigerant Oils
      • System Service Valves
        • SCHRADER-Type Valves
        • Special Valve Connectors
        • R-134a SERVICE VALVES/PORTS
        • Service Valve Locations
      • Service Equipment
      • Manifold Gauge Set
        • Notes
        • Connecting Gauge Set
          • Notes
          • Schrader-Type Valves
        • Stabilizing A/C System
      • Pressure-Temperature Relationship
      • Pressure Gauge Readings
      • Recovery/Evacuation & Recharging
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Service Equipment
          • Manifold Gauge Set Connections
          • Refrigerant Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuate
          • Refrigerant System Charge
        • Ford Motor Co.
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant System Recovery
          • Refrigerant System Evacuation
          • Refrigerant System Charging
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Filtering Procedures (Ford)
        • A/C System Filtering (Focus)
        • A/C System Filtering (Villager)
        • A/C System Filtering (Except Focus & Villager)
      • Flushing Procedures
        • DAIMLERCHRYSLER Corp.
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • Jeep
      • Leak Testing
        • Notes
        • Types Of Leak Detectors
          • Bubble Solution Detector
          • Dye Solution
          • Fluorescent Leak Detection
          • Electronic Leak Detector
        • Preparation For Leak Testing
        • Bubble Detector Leak Testing Procedure
        • Electronic Leak Testing Procedure
        • Dye Solution Leak Testing Procedures
        • Fluorescent Dye Leak Testing Procedures
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Model Identification
      • Specifications
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • A/C Cycle
        • Air Delivery
        • Air Speed
          • Notes
          • Off Mode
        • Engine Coolant
        • Heating And A/C Operation
        • HVAC Control Components
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
        • RECIRCULATION Operation
      • Component Location
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Mode Linkage
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • Symptom Diagnosis
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
      • Performance Tests
        • A/C Performance Test
        • Heater Performance Test
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Retrieving & Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic System Test
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0530: A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1546: A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • System Tests
        • A/C Pressure Zone A Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone B Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone C Diagnosis
        • A/C Pressure Zone D Diagnosis
      • Symptom Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Air Delivery Improper
        • Test B: Air RECIRCULATION Malfunction
        • Test C: Blower Motor Always On
        • Test D: Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Test E: Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Test F: Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Test G: Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
        • Test H: Defrosting Insufficient
        • Test I: Too Cold In Vehicle
        • Test J: Too Hot In Vehicle
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • A/C Refrigerant Filter
          • Removal (Existing Filter)
          • Installation (Existing Filter)
          • Installation (New)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Removal (Right)
          • Installation (Left)
          • Installation (Right)
        • Air Temperature Door
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Blower Motor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compressor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compressor Relay
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Compressor Sealing Washers
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Condenser
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Defroster Door
          • Notes
          • Removal (Primary)
          • Removal (Secondary)
          • Installation (Primary)
          • Installation (Secondary)
        • Discharge Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Evaporator Core
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Evaporator Tube
          • Removal (Inlet)
          • Removal (Outlet)
          • Installation (Inlet)
          • Installation (Outlet)
        • Floor Air Door
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heater Core
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heater Core Cover
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Heater Pipe-Inlet
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • HVAC Control Module
          • Removal (Buick)
          • Removal (Pontiac)
          • Installation (Buick)
          • Installation (Pontiac)
        • HVAC Module Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Mode Actuator
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Mode Door
          • Notes
          • Removal (Primary)
          • Removal (Secondary)
          • Installation (Primary)
          • Installation (Secondary)
        • O-Rings
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter
        • Receiver Dehydrator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • RECIRCULATION Actuator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • RECIRCULATION Door
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Service Ports
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Suction Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Thermal Expansion Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Air Bag Restraint Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
        • Air Bag Warning Light
        • Knee Bolsters
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
        • Sir Coil Assembly
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
      • Component Locations
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Centering Sir Coil Assembly
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Disabling System
        • Activating System
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Deployment
        • Off-Vehicle Deployment
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation (Driver-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Passenger-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Side Impact)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sir Coil Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC'S)
        • Scan Tool Diagnostics
        • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Notes
          • Perform SIR Diagnostic System Check
          • Refer To Proper Diagnostic Test
          • Repeat SIR Diagnostic System Check
        • Sir Diagnostic System Check
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Connector Identification
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Air Bag Warning Light Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0016,B0017,B0018: Passenger-Side Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026: Driver Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Short To Ground Or Voltage/Resistance High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0028, B0029, B0030: Passenger Side Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0040, B0041, B0045: Driver Side Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded With Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0077,B0078,B0079, B0080,B0081,B0082: Driver Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Passenger Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Driver Sis Identification Error/Driver Sis NOK Message/Passenger Sis Identification Error/Passenger Sis NOK Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1000: SDM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Wire Repair
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 3 Rear (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 3 Rear (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat System
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 3 Rear (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 3 Rear (Rendezvous)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat System
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Caravan, Concord, Intrepid, Neon, Prowler, PT Cruiser, Sebring Convertible, Sebring Sedan, Stratus Sedan, Town & Country, Viper, Voyager & 300M
          • Dakota, Durango, Ram Pickup, Ram Van & Ram Wagon
          • Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Continental)
          • Activating System (Continental)
          • Disabling System (Cougar)
          • Activating System (Cougar)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Activating System (Escort & ZX2)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250/350 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport & Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (LS & Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Villager)
          • Activating System (Villager)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Blackwood, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250/350 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Continental, Cougar, Escort, Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria & Grand Marquis)
          • Removal & Installation (Escort & ZX2)
          • Removal & Installation (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
        • Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Cougar)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Prizm
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Prizm & Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, TrailBlazer, TrailBlazer XL, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy Canadian, Sonoma & S10 Pickup)
          • Disabling System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Activating System (Camaro & Firebird)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Activating System (DeVille & Seville)
          • Disabling System (Eldorado)
          • Activating System (Eldorado)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Prizm)
          • Activating System (Prizm)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, S Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn Vue)
          • Activating System (Saturn Vue)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Rack & Pinion Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Notes
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
          • Checking and adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Tie Rod End Replacement - Outer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Quiet Valve)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
        • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Power Steering
    • Power Rack & Pinion Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Notes
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
          • Checking and adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Tie Rod End Replacement - Outer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Quiet Valve)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
        • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Aztek/250)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Rendezvous/257)
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
      • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Symptoms List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection - Off Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Inspection Procedure
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Pawl Actuator Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal, and Hazard Switch Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Anchor Cable Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly Disassemble - Off Vehicle
        • Disassemble
      • Ignition and Key Alarm Switch Assembly - Assemble - Off Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Assemble
      • Inflatable Restraint Coil Centering - Off Vehicle
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column - Tilt Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security (Some Vehicle Models)
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Steering Column Electric Park Lock
    • Special Tools and Equipment
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension System - Automatic Level Control
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Automatic Level Control Suspension Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Automatic Level Control Suspension Component Views
      • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Level Control
      • Symptoms - Automatic Level Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Automatic Level Control Inflator Fill Valve Inoperative
      • Air Compressor Leak Test
      • Automatic Level Control System Leak Test
      • Rear of Vehicle High
      • Rear of Vehicle Low
    • Repair Instructions
      • Automatic Level Control Inflator Air Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Automatic Level Control Air Dryer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Air Filter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Automatic Level Control Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Automatic Level Control Sensor Adjustment
      • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Head Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Air Tube Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Air Compressor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflator Solenoid Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Automatic Level Control Description and Operation
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) System
        • Rear Suspension Leveling Air Compressor
        • ALC Sensor
        • Rear Leveling Shock Absorbers
        • Tubing and Fittings
        • Air Compressor Filter
        • Raising Vehicle
        • Lowering Vehicle
        • Air Replenishment Cycle
        • Compressor Head Relief
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Front Suspension System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Knuckle Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Control Arm Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Stud Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Strut Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Suspension Strut Disposal
      • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • General Description (Strut)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Rear Suspension System
    • Description
    • Adjustments & Inspection
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Procedures
      • Wheel Bearing
        • Inspection
    • Troubleshooting
      • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Ride Too Soft
      • Ride Too Hard
      • Suspension Bottoms
        • Definition
        • Test Procedure
      • Noise Diagnosis
        • Definition
        • Test Procedure
    • Removal & Installation
      • Coil Spring
        • Removal & Installation
      • CROSSMEMBER
      • Frame Mount
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Hub & Wheel Bearing Assembly
        • Removal & Installation
      • Knuckle
        • Removal & Installation
      • Lower Control Arm
        • Removal & Installation
      • Lower Control Arm Bushings
        • Front Bushing
        • Rear Bushing
      • Upper Control Arm
        • Removal & Installation
      • Shock Absorber
        • Removal & Installation
      • Stabilizer Bar
        • Removal & Installation
      • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator
        • Removal & Installation
      • Stabilizer Shaft Link
        • Removal & Installation
      • Tie Rod End
        • Removal & Installation
      • Wheel Stud
        • Notes
        • Removal
        • Installation
    • Torque Specifications
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Astro & Safari
        • Avalanche, Escalade, Suburban, TAHOE & YUKON
        • AZTEK & Rendezvous
        • Blazer, Jimmy, SONOMA & S10 Pickup
        • BRAVADA, Envoy & Trailblazer
        • Express & SAVANA
        • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
        • Sierra & SILVERADO (Front)
        • Sierra & SILVERADO With (Rear) QUADRASTEER
          • Notes
          • Alignment Procedure
          • Learn Wheel Alignment Procedure
        • Tracker
        • C3500HD
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Camber Adjustment
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Camber Adjustment (AWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
          • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Setback Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Compact Spare Tire Replacement
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle Diagnosis - 4T65-E
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Gear Ratios
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Introduction
        • Adapt Function
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 & 3-4)
          • Steady State Adapts
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure
        • Transaxle Component & System Description
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Input Shaft Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 & 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Transaxle Range Switch
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transaxle Electrical Connector
        • Powertrain Control Module
        • Limp-In Mode
        • Diagnostics
        • Shift Interlock System
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Clutch & Band Applications
      • Performance Tests
        • Road Test
          • Introduction
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Manual 4-3 Downshift
          • Manual 4-2 Downshift
          • Manual 4-1 Downshift
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
          • Reverse
          • Manual 1st
          • Manual 2nd
          • Manual 3rd
        • Shift Speed Specifications
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration At Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration At High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC Has Applied
        • Hydraulic Pressure Tests
          • Notes
          • Line Pressure
        • Clutch & Servo Air Checks
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Diagnostic System Check
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Summary
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • DTC P0218: Transaxle Fluid OVERTEMPERATURE
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0128
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0128
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0128
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit (Low Input)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0502
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0502
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0502
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0503
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0503
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0503
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0711: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0711
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0711
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0711
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0711
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0712: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit (Low Input)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0712
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0712
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0712
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0713: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit (High Input)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0713
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0713
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0713
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0716: Input Speed Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0716
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0716
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0716
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0717: Input Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0717
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0717
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0717
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0719: TCC Brake Switch Circuit Low Input (Switch Stuck On)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0719
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0719
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0719
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0724: TCC Brake Switch Circuit High Input (Switch Stuck Off)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0724
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0724
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0724
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0730: Incorrect Gear Ratio
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0730
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0730
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0730
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0741: TCC System Stuck Off
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0741
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0741
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0741
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0742: TCC System Stuck On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0742
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0742
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0742
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0748: Pressure Control Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0748
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P0748
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0748
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0751: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0751
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0751
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0751
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0751
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0752: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0752
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0752
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0752
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0752
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0753: 1-2 Shift Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0753
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0753
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0753
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Condition For Clearing DTC P0753
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0756: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0756
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0756
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0756
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0756
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0757 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0757
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0757
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0757
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0757
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0758: 2-3 Shift Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P0758
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P0758
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P0758
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P0758
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1810: Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1810
          • Condition No. 1 For Setting DTC P1810
          • Condition No. 2 For Setting DTC P1810
          • Condition No. 3 For Setting DTC P1810
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1810
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1811: Maximum Adapt & Long Shift
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1811
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1811
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1811
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1814: Torque Converter Overstress
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1814
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1814
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1814
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1860: TCC Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Electrical Problem
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1860
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1860
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1860
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1887: Torque Converter Clutch Release Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC P1887
          • Conditions For Setting DTC P1887
          • Action Taken By PCM
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC P1887
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptom Tests
        • Transaxle Range Selector Display Inoperative Or Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Component Tests
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Introduction
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • STOPLAMP Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Internal Wiring Harness
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Electronic Component Specifications
        • Component Resistance
      • Torque Specifications
      • Connector Views
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle Overhaul & Testing - 4T65-E
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Transaxle
        • Gear Ratios
      • Description & Operation
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Component Tests
        • Torque Converter
          • Visual Inspection
          • Stator Check
          • End Play Check
      • Transaxle Disassembly
        • Torque Converter
        • Transfer Case Removal
        • Reverse Band Servo
        • Forward Band Servo
        • Oil Pan & Filter
        • Accumulator Assembly & 2-1 Manual Band Servo
        • Control Valve Body, Oil Pump & Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Shaft
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check
        • Manual Valve Link & Oil Dam
        • Case Cover & Gaskets
        • 4TH Clutch Shaft & Plates
        • Drive & Driven Sprockets
          • Drive Chain (Drive Link) Stretch Check
          • Drive & Driven Sprocket Disassembly
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly
        • Input & 2ND Clutch Assemblies
        • Reverse Band & Reaction Drum
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check
          • All Wheel Drive
          • Except All Wheel Drive
        • Case Extension & Differential Carrier
        • Input & Reaction Carrier
        • Reaction Sun Gear & 2-1 Manual Band
        • 1-2 Support Drum & Forward Band
        • Final Drive Internal Gear
        • Parking System Components
      • Component Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Case Components
          • Inspection
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Drive Sprocket Support
          • Inspection
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Parking System Components
          • Inspection & Reassembly
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear
          • Inspection
        • Differential Carrier
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor RELUCTOR Wheel
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Case Extension
          • Inspection
        • Forward Band
          • Inspection
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • Functional Check
        • 2-1 Manual Band
          • Inspection
        • Reaction Sun Gear & Drum
          • Inspection
        • Input & Reaction Carrier
          • Inspection
        • Reverse Reaction Drum
          • Inspection
        • Input & 3RD Sprag Clutches
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • Input Clutch & 3rd Sprag Clutch Functional Check
        • Input Clutch & 3RD Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • Input Clutch & 3rd Clutch Functional Check
        • Input Clutch Housing Check Ball Valve
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Input Shaft Oil Seal Rings
          • Input Shaft Oil Seal Ring Replacement
        • Input Clutch Housing & Sprag Clutches
          • Reassembly
        • 2ND Clutch Assembly
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • 2ND Clutch Housing Check Ball Valve
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Reverse Band
          • Inspection
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
          • 2nd & 4th Clutch Functional Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Input, 2ND, 3RD & Sprag Clutches
          • Reassembly
        • Drive Sprocket & Turbine Shaft
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Drive & Driven Sprocket Components
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • 4TH Clutch Components
          • Inspection
        • Case Cover Components
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Bearing Replacement
          • Reassembly
        • Left Axle Shaft Oil Seal
          • Reassembly
        • Output Shaft
          • Inspection
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Inspection
        • Control Valve Body
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
        • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate
          • Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection & Reassembly
        • Wiring Harness
          • Inspection
        • Case Side Cover
          • Notes
          • Inspection
        • THERMO Element Adjustment
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Accumulator Components
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Oil Pan & Filter
          • Inspection
        • Forward Band Servo
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Reverse Band Servo
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
      • Transaxle Reassembly
        • Notes
        • Transaxle
        • Transmission-To-Transfer Case End Play Check
        • Transfer Case Installation
      • Torque Specifications
      • Transaxle Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission Removal & Installation
      • Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Transaxle
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Engine Mount Strut
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Installation
        • Frame Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission Servicing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Transaxle
        • Oil Pan Gasket
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level & Condition
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
        • Oil Cooler Flushing
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Initial Flush
          • Back Flush
        • Oil Cooler Flow Test
          • Flow Check
          • Clean-up
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Shift Cable
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator & 2-1 Manual Servo
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Case Extension Housing
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Case Side Cover
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control Valve Body
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fluid Filler Tube
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Forward Servo (Fwd)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Input Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Hoses
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Pump
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Output Shaft
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Reverse Servo
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TCC Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TFP Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • THERMO Element
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Brace
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Mount & Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transaxle Vent
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wiring Harness
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Shift Interlock Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
        • Park Lock Solenoid
        • Component Locations
        • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
          • Automatic Transmission Floor Shift Control
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Symptom Diagnosis
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
      • Symptom Tests
        • Notes
        • Test A: Park Lock Solenoid Inoperative
        • Test B: Shift Lever Does Not Move With Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Test C: Shift Lever Can Be Moved Without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • DTC Testing
        • Notes
        • B2712: Controlled Ground Circuit Voltage Is Approximately Equal To Ground In The Off State
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • B2713: Controlled Ground Circuit Voltage Is Approximately Equal To Battery In The On State
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Shift Cable
        • STOPLAMP Switch
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Floor Console Trim Plate
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Floor Shift Control
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Insulator Panel (Left Side)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • STOPLAMP Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Connector Identification
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Transfer Case
    • Transfer Case - Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
        • Symptoms - Transfer Case
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Fluid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Installation Procedure
          • Axle Shaft Oil Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case and/or Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Transfer Case - Removal & Installation
      • Application
      • Adjustments
        • Transaxle-To-Transfer Case End Play
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Transfer Case
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Transfer Case - STEYR - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Transfer Case Disassemble
        • Transfer Case Housings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Internal Components Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Transfer Case Cleaning - Fiber Material from Transmission into Transfer Case
          • Gears Cleaning and Inspection
          • Bearings and Shafts Cleaning and Inspection
        • Transfer Case Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Transfer Case Assemble
          • Differential Carrier Assembly
          • Extension Housing Assembly and Shim Selection - Procedure A
          • Extension Housing Assembly and Shim Selection - Procedure B
          • Gears and Cases Assembly
      • Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Description
          • Notes
          • Transfer Case
          • Propeller Shaft
          • Rear Differential
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• External Pages